Gramps - User contributions [en]

Calendar tools holidays

2020-08-01T18:40:17Z

Sten: /* Available Calendars */

[[File:Calendar-GraphicalReports-Content-tab-Country for holidays-default-list-51.png|thumb|450px|right|Content tab showing "Country for holidays:" option showing "Country for holidays" default list]]

Details on how to add custom holiday set or change the builtin holiday set appearing on the output of the [[#Calendar-based_reports|Calendar-based reports]] in Gramps.

==Custom holiday set==
Gramps comes installed with a default <code>holidays.xml</code> file and you can either add more holiday sets to it or create your own custom <code>holidays.xml</code>

===Custom holidays.xml===
You can create a separate custom <code>holidays.xml</code> file in your personal [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User directory]] <code>.gramps/plugins/</code> folder.

====Adding your countries holidays====
Are your countries holidays missing or incomplete and you would like Gramps to have them by default?

If you would like to add your [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holiday countries holidays] to the calendar, then you can add them to the file <code>holidays.xml.in</code> located:
* Gramps 5 or newer: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/data/holidays.xml.in data/holidays.xml.in]

and then raise a feature request and submit your updated file or create a pull request on Github.

====format of holidays.xml====
In the file <code>holidays.xml.in</code>, you can add recurring annual events in a variety of ways. The format is generally:

<pre>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<calendar>
<country _name=COUNTRYNAME>
<date name=NAME value=VALUE type=TYPE offset=OFFSET if=EXPRESSION />
...
</country>
<country _name=COUNTRYNAME>
<date name=NAME value=VALUE type=TYPE offset=OFFSET if=EXPRESSION />
...
</country>
...
</calendar>
</pre>

where each of the capitalized words would be filled in with appropriate values, as shown in list of keywords.

====Keywords====
The following is a list of keywords to be used when creating or expanding the holidays.xml file see:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/plugins/lib/libholiday.py /gramps/plugins/lib/libholiday.py].

All but NAME and VALUE are optional.

*'''COUNTRYNAME''' => "United States", "China", etc. You don't have to make these countries, however. You can make these just a "holiday set" which could be "Christian", "Muslim", "Eastern European", etc. These names can be selected from the {{man label|Country for holidays:}} list option when running calendar-related reports. You can use your own language for this name.
*'''NAME''' => the text to appear on the calendar
*'''TYPE''' => "secular", "religious", "personal", "informational" (This isn't currently used in the calendar, but could be. Use these keywords, untranslated.)
*'''EXPRESSION''' => a python expression that must be true for this to appear on the calendar. You can use y, m, and d variables (for year, month, and day, all integers). See VALUE for examples.
*'''VALUE''' =>
** "YEAR/MONTH/DAY"
*** "2012/12/25"
*** "*/12/25"
** "YEAR/MONCODE/DAY"
*** "2012/dec/25"
*** "*/dec/25"
** "YEAR/NUMBER/DAYCODE/MONCODE" (nth day of week in month, year)
*** "2012/1/mon/dec" (first monday in december, 2012)
*** "*/-1/tue/dec" (last tuesday in december, every year)
** "> EXPRESSION" (which evaluates to one of the previous two types of VALUES). Current useful expression values are:
*** "> easter(y)" (Easter for current year)
*** "> dst(y)[0]" (Daylight Saving Time, "us", start)
*** "> dst(y)[1]" (Daylight Saving Time, "us", end)
*** "> dst(y, "eu")[0]" (Daylight Saving Time, "eu", start)
*** "> dst(y, "eu")[1]" (Daylight Saving Time, "eu", end)
*** "> dow(y, m, d) == 1" (dow returns the iso weekday number, where Monday is 1 and Sunday is 7)
*'''YEAR''' => "*" or an actual year. "*" means any year.
*'''MONTH''' => "*" or actual month number. "*" means any month.
*'''DAY''' => "*" or actual day number in month. "*" means any day.
*'''NUMBER''' => number of weekday in month. For example, "every 3rd Tuesday in April" would be "*/3/tue/apr". NUMBER can also be negative, which means it is counted from the end of the month. "last Tuesday in April 2007" could be "2007/-1/tue/4"
*'''DAYCODE''' => "mon", "tue", "wed", "thu", "fri", "sat", or "sun". Do not translate these words; use all lowercase.
*'''MONCODE''' =>
** MONTH
** 'jan', 'feb', 'mar', 'apr', 'may', 'jun', 'jul', 'aug', 'sep', 'oct', 'nov', or 'dec'. (not be translated; use all lowercase)
*'''OFFSET''' =>
** number (may be negative) that offsets the day determined by VALUE
** DAYCODE (may be negative), the next DAYCODE that is either the same as this day, or the next(+)/prev(-) one.
** "workday" or "weekend" (may be negative) - the next workday/weekend that is on this day, or the next/prev

===Translations===

Holiday entries are generally written for a specific country, and thus typically don't need to be written for more than one language. However, it might be appropriate to have your entries country name and holiday text be translated into the language that Gramps is running in. To make a country name or holiday name get translated, simply precede the name of the XML item with an underscore. For example:

<pre>
...
<country _name="Jewish Holidays">
<date _name="Purim" value="> passover(y)" offset="-30"/>
<date _name="Passover" value="> passover(y)" offset="0"/>
...
</country>
...
</pre>

In this example, "Jewish Holidays", "Purim", and "Passover" will be looked up in the Gramps gettext system for translations. If you would like to help add those translations, please see [[Translating Gramps]].

===Example===

The last set ( <country name="Finland"> ) will only load if your country is Finland. It says that Card Night is the last Thursday of every month, every year. Let's play!

Filename: holidays.xml

<pre>
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<calendar>
<country name="United States">
<date name="Daylight Saving Time begins" value="> dst(y)[0]" type="informational" />
<date name="Daylight Saving Time ends" value="> dst(y)[1]" type="informational" />
<date name="New Year's Day" value="*/1/1" type="national" />
<date name="Labor Day" value="*/1/mon/sep" type="national" />
<date name="Thanksgiving" value="*/4/thu/nov" type="national" />
<date name="Inauguration Day" value="*/1/20" if="(y - 1980) % 4 == 0" type="national" />
<date name="Washington's Birthday" value="*/3/mon/feb" type="secular" />
<date name="St. Patrick's Day" value="*/3/17" type="secular" />
<date name="Assistants' Day" value="*/-1/sat/apr" offset="-3" type="secular" />
<date name="Arbor Day" value="*/-1/fri/apr" type="secular" />
<date name="Mothers' Day" value="*/2/sun/may" type="secular" />
<date name="Fathers' Day" value="*/3/sun/jun" type="secular" />
<date name="ML Kings's Birthday" value="*/3/mon/jan" type="secular" />
<date name="Memorial Day" value="*/-1/mon/may" type="secular" />
<date name="Easter" value="> easter(y)" type="religious" />
<date name="Ash Wednesday" value="> easter(y)" offset="-46" type="religious" />
</country>
<country name="China">
<date name="Chinese New Year" value="2006/1/29" type="national" />
</country>
<country name="Finland">
<date name="Card Night" value="*/-1/thu/*" type="personal" />
</country>
</calendar>
</pre>

==Calendar-based reports==
[[File:Calendar-GraphicalReports-Content-tab-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Content tab showing "Country for holidays:" option]]

Gramps comes with the following Calendar-based reports:
* [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Calendar|Calendar Report]]: (menu {{man menu|Reports->Graphical Reports->Calendar...}} )
* [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Birthday_and_Anniversary_Report|Birthday and Anniversary Report]]: (menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->Birthday and Anniversary Report...}} )
* And an output for the Web with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Web_Calendar|Web Calendar Report]]:(menu {{man menu|Reports->Web Pages->Web Calendar...}} )

{{-}}
You can select which holidays to show by setting the {{man label|Country for holidays:}} option in either the {{man label|Content}} tab of the reports.

[[File:Calendar-GraphicalReports-Content-tab-Country for holidays-default-list-51.png|thumb|450px|right|Content tab showing "Country for holidays:" option showing "Country for holidays" default list]]
{{-}}

===Available Calendars===

Countries:
* Bulgaria / Canada / Chile / China / Croatia / Czech Republic / England / Finland / France / Germany / Japan / New Zealand / Russia / Serbia / Serbia (Latin) / Slovakia / Sweden / Ukraine / United States of America
Holidays
* Jewish Holidays

==See also==
*[[Handler List]]
*[[Date Handler]]

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Reports]]
[[Category:How do I...]]

Features

2020-07-30T06:23:02Z

Sten: /* Chec languages */

{{man note|You may find Gramps downloads|On the following page [[Download]]}}
{{languages|Features}}


=Overview=
* Many different [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories|Category views]] for navigating your family tree:
{| {{Prettytable}}
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|gram}}'''Dashboard'''[[File:DashboardCategoryView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays different general purpose Gramplets, small widgets that can help in your genealogical research.
|{{icon|peop}}'''People'''[[File:People-tree-view-grouped-people-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the people in the family tree without their connections. This Category contains the PeopleListView and the Grouped PeopleTreeView. Filter the display using preset filters or a custom filter.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|rela}} '''Relationship'''[[File:Relationships-category-view-50.png|center|400px]] Display a family of parents, grandparents and children with the birth/death dates and relationships. Navigate to nearby relatives with a single click.
|{{icon|fami}} '''Families'''[[File:Families-category-list-view-50.png|center|400px]] List all families in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add notes, and to see parents and children in each family.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - Pedigree'''[[File:ChartsCategory-pedigreeview1-horizontal-right-standard-5gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Display the family in the traditional pedigree view. Hold the mouse over individuals to see more information about them and to move to more distant parts of the tree
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - Fan Chart'''[[File:ChartsCategory-fanchartview-fullcircle-9gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Displays graphical trees for the selected person.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - Descendant Fan Chart'''[[File:ChartsCategory-desendantfan-fullcircle-9gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Displays graphical trees for the selected person.
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - 2-Way Fan Chart'''[[File:ChartsCategory-2wayfan-fullcircle-ances4gen-descen4gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Displays graphical trees for the selected person. 4 Generations of Ancestors (Top) / 4 Generations of Descendants (bottom)
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|even}} '''Event'''[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the events in the family tree in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add source, and to see which individuals reference the event.
|{{icon|plac}} '''Place'''[[File:PlacesCategory-PlaceListView-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the places in the family tree and sort the list by half a dozen headings such as City, County or State.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|geog}} '''Geography'''[[File:GeographyCategory-GeoPlacesView-AllKnownPlaces-openstreemap-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays data of your family tree on a map.
|{{icon|sour34}} '''Source'''[[File:SourcesCategory-CitationTreeView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the sources in the family tree in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add notes, and to see which individuals reference the source.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|cite}} '''Citations'''[[File:CitationsCategory-CitationsListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the citations in the family tree.
|{{icon|repo}} '''Repository'''[[File:RepositoriesCategory-RepositoriesListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] List all source repositories in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add notes, and to see which sources reference the repository.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|medi}} '''Media'''[[File:MediaCategory-MediaListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] List all forms of media referenced in the family tree. Can be graphic images, videos, sound clips, spreadsheets, documents, etc.
|{{icon|note}} '''Notes'''[[File:NotesCategory-NotesListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the notes in the family tree.
|- valign="top"
|
|}

==Features==
* Bookmark favorite individuals for quick access. (The number able to be marked is unlimited)
* Custom filters. In addition to the numerous preset filters, create any number of selections based on interesting facts about your family to use for reports and data exports.
* Link any media or filetype to your Gramps family tree. Choose between copying or linking the file to the database.
* Privacy options allow restriction of any information marked with this option or information about living individuals. Data marked with this option can be excluded in reports and data exports.
* Multiple calendars and date ranges are supported. You can convert between Gregorian, Julian, Hebrew, French republican, Persian and Islamic calendars from within Gramps via the Date selection window, and you can use fuzzy dates like about 1874, estimated 1905, ...
* View, edit, and save Image Exif Metadata for use with modern-day cameras, cell phones, and graphic programs...

==Languages==
* Multiple languages and cultures support is mature.
** Translations exist for 43 languages + 1 Custom Language (See the [[Gramps translations]])
** Gramps has been designed so that new translations can easily be added with little development effort. If you are interested in participating please contact us.
** Relationship calculators available in four languages
** Full Unicode support. Characters for all languages are properly displayed.

==Reports==

[[Image:RelationshipChartDescendants.png|right|thumb|200px|An example descendant chart]]

Generate brief or detailed reports for the ancestors or descendants of an individual.

* Multiple styles of reports are currently available by default. Users can also create their own [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Customize_report_output_formats|custom styles]].
* Eight output formats are supported by Gramps: PDF, OpenDocument, HTML, Rich Text Format (RTF), Latex, and plain text.
* Custom reports can be created by advanced users under the "plugin" system which allows the sharing of custom report styles between users.
* Book report allows the user to collect a variety of reports in a single document, which in turn is easier to distribute.

Charts and Graphs - Create graphical Ancestor and Descendant charts in several formats.

* Box and Fan charts are available, see eg [[Howto: Make a relationship chart | here]].
* Multiple formats are supported by Gramps for charts and graphs: OpenDocument Draw, PDF, PostScript, and SVG.
* Custom charts can be created by users. We hope to add more in the near future through the contributions of users and developers.

Export to Web Pages -Select the entire database, family lines or selected individuals to a collection of web pages ready for upload to the World Wide Web.

*[[Sample reports]]
{{-}}

==Tools==
A rich set of tools includes operations such as checking database for errors and consistency, as well as the research and analysis tools such as event comparison, duplicate people finding, interactive descendant browser, and others.

* Merge. Combine two separate people into one. Very useful combining two databases with overlapping people.
* Soundex generator. Generate the standard codes commonly used in genealogy to compare similar sounding names even though spelled differently.

==File formats==
Import/Export support for several different formats.

* GEDCOM import and export. Extensive support for the defacto industry standard GEDCOM version 5.5.1 so you can exchange Gramps information to and from users of most other genealogy programs.
* Gramps package import and export. A compressed file containing your family tree data and any other files used. Useful for backup or sharing with other Gramps users.
* Export to CD Burner. Export data and media directly to the GNOME file manager (Nautilus) for burning to CD.
* Web Family Tree export. Web Family Tree (WFT) allows you to display your family tree online with only a single file, instead of many html files the web page report generates. See [http://www.simonward.com/cgi-bin/page.pl?family/tree their homepage] for more information.

==Community==

* Active community involvement. Many current Gramps users contribute reports, suggestions, and feedback to the developers through the supported public mailing lists. The Gramps program has been available for over 14 years and has many features and capabilities.
* Active development effort. New versions already in testing use an advanced database design that guarantee very fast access to many thousands of entries in the database. Other new features are being designed and coordinated by several active developers. Many additional participants assist through the mailing lists. Group effort shapes and tests Gramps constantly improving functionality and usability.
* Portable. Gramps is written in a computer language called Python using GTK and GNOME libraries. While only well supported in certain Unix and Linux environments, these are multi-platform development libraries, meaning that Gramps can be ported to any platform the required libraries are ported to.
* Free Software/Open Source development model means Gramps can be extended by any programmer since all of the source code is freely available under its license.
* Gramps is freely distributed under the GPL!

== Checklist ==
{| {{Prettytable}}
|-
!bgcolor="#8DA7D6" style="line-height:2.25em;"| Gramps
!bgcolor="#8DA7D6" style="line-height:2.25em;"| 5.0.x
!bgcolor="#8DA7D6" style="line-height:2.25em;"| 5.1.x
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Price
|style="color:green;"|Free
|style="color:green;"|Free
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Open Source
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"|Category Views
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Dashboard(was Gramplets)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|People
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Families
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Relationships
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Charts
|style="color:green;"|Yes (4 - Pedigree Chart / Ancestor Fan Chart / Descendant Fan / 2-Way Fan)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (4 - Pedigree Chart / Ancestor Fan Chart / Descendant Fan / 2-Way Fan)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Events
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Places
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Geography
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Sources
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Citations
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Repositories
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Media
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Notes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Chart Types
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Reports
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Books
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Family Group Sheets
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Individual Summary
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Sosa Numbering (ascendants)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Henry Numbering (descendants)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Count numbering (descendants)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Calendar
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Database
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Native Database
|style="color:green;"|Yes ('''Berkeley DB'''(default)/ SQLite(Experimental)
|style="color:green;"|Yes ('''SQLite'''(default)/Berkeley DB(Legacy))
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"| [[Gramps Performance|Size Limit]]
|style="color:green;"|Yes (tested up to 250,000 people)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (tested up to 1.4 Million people[https://www.reddit.com/r/gramps/comments/dzevcl/database_size_limit_for_gramps/fb6hdbj/])
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"| Open multiple Databases at once
|style="color:red;"|No (works for viewing, not supported !!)
|style="color:red;"|No (works for viewing, not supported !!)
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Multimedia
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Audio
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Video
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Images
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Remote
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Remote Access
|style="color:green;"|Yes (linux, over X connection)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (linux, over X connection)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Collaboration
|style="color:red;"|No
|style="color:red;"|No
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| International
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Unicode
|style="color:green;"|Yes(40+)
|style="color:green;"|Yes(43+1)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|[[Gramps_translations|Languages]]
|English(USA), English(UK), Arabic, Albanian, Brazilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Finnish, French, German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Norwegian (Bokmål and Nynorsk), Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Vietnamese.
|English(USA), Arabic, Bulgarian, Breton, Catalan, Czech, Danish, German, Greek, English (UK), Esperanto, Spanish, Finnish, French, Gaelic (Irish), Hebrew, Croatian, Hungarian, Icelandic, Italian, Japanese, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Norwegian (Bokmål), Dutch, Norwegian (Nynorsk), Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Albanian, Serbian, Serbian (Latin), Swedish, Tamil, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese, Chinese (Simplified), Chinese (Hong Kong), Chinese (Traditional).
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Compatibility
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|[[GEDCOM|GEDCOM 5.5]]
|Import/Export
|Import/Export
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|[[GEDCOM|GEDCOM 5.5.1]]
|Import/Export
|Import/Export
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|HTML
|Export
|Export
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|XML
|Gramps XML
|Gramps XML
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Backup
|On Menu
|On Menu
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Platform
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Linux
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Officially Supported compile/install)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Officially Supported compile/install)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Windows
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Mac
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|BSD
|style="color:green;"|Yes (user compile/install)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (user compile/install)
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Additional Features
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Match/Merge
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Limited)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Limited)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Multiple relationships (adoptive-foster)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Relationship calculator
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Soundex calculator
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Spell check in notes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|3rd party Addon/plugin infrastructure
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Check for Program Update
|style="color:red;"|No (Only for addons)
|style="color:red;"|No (Only for addons)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|User Manual
|style="color:green;"|Yes ([[User_manual|online]])
|style="color:green;"|Yes ([[User_manual|online]])
|}

=See also=
* [[Previous releases of Gramps]]

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:screenshots| ]]

Template talk:Gramps translations

2020-07-30T06:13:20Z

Sten:

Good day,

Say me please:

1. en_AU English (Australian)

it's real language in Gramps?

I not see it in /po/ dirs.

Can I delete this language from list?

2. I can't run this:

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

But nice work this:

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; python3 ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

or change "python" to "python3" in first row of check_po.

What must be?

And file 'check_po' must be have name 'check_po' or 'check_po.py'?

Template talk:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T16:41:32Z

Sten:

Good day,
Say me please:

1. en_AU English (Australian)

it's real language in Gramps?

I not see it in /po/ dirs.

Can I delete this language from list?

2. I can't run this:

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

But nice work this:

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; python3 ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

What must be?

And file 'check_po' must be 'check_po' or 'check_po.py'?

Template talk:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T16:40:28Z

Sten: Questions about this page.

Good day,
Say me please:

1. en_AU English (Australian)
it's real language in Gramps?
I not see it in /po/ dirs.
Can I delete this language from list?

2. I can't run this:
# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done
But nice work this:
# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; python3 ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done
What must be?
And file 'check_po' must be 'check_po' or 'check_po.py'?

Template:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T16:25:52Z

Sten: /* INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS */

<noinclude>A list of the languages in which Gramps has been translated, along with some additional information used during [[What_to_do_for_a_release|release cycles]] and contact information.

===ALL_LINGUAS===
For enabling, a language code must be set in the ''ALL_LINGUAS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps34/configure.in configure.in] in Gramps 3.x
* [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/setup.py setup.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater

[[Translating Gramps|Help translate Gramps to other languages]] or to improve existing translations.

# Go to the /po directory
cd po

# update with last template
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; msgmerge --no-wrap ${file} gramps.pot -o ${file}; done

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

====INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS====
The minimum complete translation is 70% (if the translation is very close to that percentage also enable it, also keep ''en_GB'' as it is a special subtranslation of English)

Add the locale code (if less than 70%) or remove the locale code (if greater than 70%)as required from the following ''INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py#L119 gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater
INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS = ('ar', 'bg', 'he', 'ja', 'sq', 'ta', 'tr')

</noinclude>{| class="wikitable sortable"
!  Number
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes Code]
!  Language
!  Translator
! Coverage gramps50; 5.0.2 2019-08-27
! Coverage gramps51; 5.1.2 2020-07-29
! Coverage master 
!  Notes
|-
|  1
|  ar
|  Arabic
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|54.7}}
|{{progress|52.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ar.po]
|  see [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=13026041 mailing-list], and {{bug|6819}}: date handler
|-
|  2
|  bg
|  Bulgarian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|56.9}}
|{{progress|54.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  3
|  br
|  Breton
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|2.6}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/br.po]
| 
|-
|  4
|  ca
|  Catalan
|  Joan Creus
|{{progress|99.6}}
|{{progress|98.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  5
|  cs
|  Czech
|  Zdeněk Hataš
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|98.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  6
|  da
|  Danish
|  Kaj Mikkelsen
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|
| 
|-
|  7
|  de
|  German
|  [[User:Leonhaeuser|Mirko Leonhäuser]]
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  8
|  el
|  Greek
|  Zissis Papadopoulos
|{{progress|81.7}}
|{{progress|78.5}}
|
| 
|-
!  9
!  en_US
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language English]
!  N/A ('''Default Language''')
!{{progress|100.0}}
!{{progress|100.0}}
!
! [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html American English]
|-
|  10
|  en_GB
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_English English (British)]
|  [[User:Nick_H|Nick Hall]]
|{{progress|2.5}}
|{{progress|2.2}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html#a4626565 English (British)][{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/en_GB.po en_GB.po]
variation ~ 5%
|-
|  11
|  en_AU
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_English English (Australian)]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0}}
|{{progress|0}}
|
| 
|-
|  12
|  eo
|  Esperanto
|  Pier Luigi Cinquantini
|{{progress|99.3}}
|{{progress|93.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  13
|  es
|  Spanish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.6}}
|{{progress|79.5}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}, {{bug|6645}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  14
|  fi
|  Finnish
|  Matti Niemelä
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/fi.po]
|  {{bug|2356}}: genitive form for names, [[Translation_into_Finnish|Translation into Finnish]]
|-
|  15
|  fr
|  French
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|97.9}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_French|Translation into French]]
|-
|  16
|  ga
|  Irish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0.3}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|0.07}} (not enabled)
| [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ga.po]
|  [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26863727 mailing-list]
|-
|  17
|  he
|  Hebrew
|  Avi Markovitz
|{{progress|42.4}}
|{{progress|99.97}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/he.po]
|  {{bug|2962}}
|-
|  18
|  hr
|  Croatian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.96}}
|
| 
|-
|  19
|  hu
|  Hungarian
|  Lajos Nemeséri
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.21}}
|
|  {{bug|5505}}:[[Date_Handler]]
|-
|  20
|  is
|  Icelandic
|  Sveinn í Felli
|{{progress|90.4}}
|{{progress|87.55}}
|
| 
|-
|  21
|  it
|  Italian
|  Luigi Toscano
|{{progress|95.0}}
|{{progress|91.2}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  22
|  ja
|  Japanese
|  Keiichiro Yamamoto, Megumi Sakata
|{{progress|40.4}}
|{{progress|38.7}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ja.po]
|  (''[https://raw.github.com/yanmar/gramps-translation-ja/master/po/ja.po github]'') / (Feature request:{{bug|3120}} support for Japanese Era calendar scheme)
|-
|  23
|  lt
|  Lithuanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|94.4}}
|
| {{bug|4848}}
|-
|  24
|  mk
|  Macedonian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|24.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|23.8}} (not enabled)
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/mk.po]
| 
|-
|  25
|  nb
|  Norwegian Bokmål
|  [[User:Espenbe|Espen Berg]]
|{{progress|99.0}}
|{{progress|94.96}}
|
|  [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/datehandler/_datehandler.py see DateDisplay]
|-
|  26
|  nl
|  Dutch
|  Jan Sparreboom
|{{progress|98.4}}
|{{progress|94.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  27
|  nn
|  Norwegian Nynorsk
|  Sigmund Lorentsen
|{{progress|87.8}}
|{{progress|94.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  28
|  pl
|  Polish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|87.9}}
|{{progress|84.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  29
|  pt_BR
|  Portuguese (Brazil)
|  Paulo Henrique, Paiva de Moraes
|{{progress|98.2}}
|{{progress|98.16}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  30
|  pt_PT
|  Portuguese (Portugal)
|  Pedro Albuquerque
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|95.56}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}: Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  31
|  ro
|  Romanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|4.4}}
|{{progress|4.09}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ro.po]
| 
|-
|  32
|  ru
|  Russian
|  Ivan Komaritsyn
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.21}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_Russian|Translation into Russian]]
|-
|  33
|  sk
|  Slovak
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|90.9}}
|{{progress|87.42}}
|
| 
|-
|  34
|  sl
|  Slovenian
|  [[User:Beernarrd|Bernard Banko]]
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|96.01}}
|
| 
|-
|  35
|  sq
|  Albanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|39.4}}
|{{progress|37.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sq.po]
| 
|-
|  36
|  sr
|  Serbian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.1}}
|{{progress|78.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  37
|  sr Latin
|  Serbian Latin
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.7}}
|{{progress|2.3}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr_Latn.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  38
|  sv
|  Swedish
|  Pär Ekholm
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  39
|  ta
|  Tamil
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|6.4}}
|{{progress|6.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  40
|  tr
|  Turkish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|27.5}}
|{{progress|26.2}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/tr.po]
| {{bug|8148}}
|-
|  41
|  uk
|  Ukrainian
|  [http://sourceforge.net/users/fedik/ Fedir Zinchuk]
|{{progress|97.3}}
|{{progress|98.15}}
|
|  Relationships handler only available for 3.4 (need test on 4.0)
|-
|  42
|  vi
|  Vietnamese
|  [[User:Detran|De Tran]]
|{{progress|98.5}}
|{{progress|95.7}}
|
|  {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  43
|  zh_CN
|  Chinese (Simplified)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|73.81}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  44
|  zh_HK
|  Chinese (Hong Kong)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  45
|  zh_TW
|  Chinese (Traditional)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|}
{{-}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Custom
! Type
!  Contact
! Coverage Gramps 2.2.6
! Coverage Gramps 3.1.3
! Coverage (master)
!  Notes
|-
| [http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Image:Animal.po.gz Animal Pedigree]
| [[Animal pedigree]]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100}} [[File:Gramps_animal_2_2_6.po.gz]]
|{{progress|99}} [[File:Gramps_animal_3_1_3.po.gz]]
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with animals.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|-
| Same gender
| Same gender/sex
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|align="right"| -
|{{progress|100}}
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with same gender family.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|}
{{-}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Translators/Categories|T]][[Category:Developers/General|T]]
</noinclude>

Template:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T16:23:31Z

Sten: /* Select en_US row */

<noinclude>A list of the languages in which Gramps has been translated, along with some additional information used during [[What_to_do_for_a_release|release cycles]] and contact information.

===ALL_LINGUAS===
For enabling, a language code must be set in the ''ALL_LINGUAS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps34/configure.in configure.in] in Gramps 3.x
* [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/setup.py setup.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater

[[Translating Gramps|Help translate Gramps to other languages]] or to improve existing translations.

# Go to the /po directory
cd po

# update with last template
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; msgmerge --no-wrap ${file} gramps.pot -o ${file}; done

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

====INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS====
The minimum complete translation is 70% (if the translation is very close to that percentage also enable it, also keep ''en_GB'' as it is a special subtranslation of English)

Add the locale code (if less than 70%) or remove the locale code (if greater than 70%)as required from the following ''INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py#L119 gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater
INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS = ('ar', 'bg', 'he', 'ja', 'sq', 'ta', 'tr')

</noinclude>{| class="wikitable sortable"
!  Number
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes Code]
!  Language
!  Translator
! Coverage gramps50; 5.0.2 2019-08-27
! Coverage gramps51; 5.1.2 2020-07-29
! Coverage master 
!  Notes
|-
|  1
|  ar
|  Arabic
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|54.7}}
|{{progress|52.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ar.po]
|  see [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=13026041 mailing-list], and {{bug|6819}}: date handler
|-
|  2
|  bg
|  Bulgarian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|56.9}}
|{{progress|54.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  3
|  br
|  Breton
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|2.6}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/br.po]
| 
|-
|  4
|  ca
|  Catalan
|  Joan Creus
|{{progress|99.6}}
|{{progress|98.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  5
|  cs
|  Czech
|  Zdeněk Hataš
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|98.6}}
| 
|-
|  6
|  da
|  Danish
|  Kaj Mikkelsen
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|
| 
|-
|  7
|  de
|  German
|  [[User:Leonhaeuser|Mirko Leonhäuser]]
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  8
|  el
|  Greek
|  Zissis Papadopoulos
|{{progress|81.7}}
|{{progress|78.5}}
|
| 
|-
!  9
!  en_US
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language English]
!  N/A ('''Default Language''')
!{{progress|100.0}}
!{{progress|100.0}}
!
! [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html American English]
!-
|  10
|  en_GB
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_English English (British)]
|  [[User:Nick_H|Nick Hall]]
|{{progress|2.5}}
|{{progress|2.2}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html#a4626565 English (British)][{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/en_GB.po en_GB.po]
variation ~ 5%
|-
|  11
|  en_AU
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_English English (Australian)]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0}}
|{{progress|0}}
|
| 
|-
|  12
|  eo
|  Esperanto
|  Pier Luigi Cinquantini
|{{progress|99.3}}
|{{progress|93.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  13
|  es
|  Spanish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.6}}
|{{progress|79.5}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}, {{bug|6645}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  14
|  fi
|  Finnish
|  Matti Niemelä
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/fi.po]
|  {{bug|2356}}: genitive form for names, [[Translation_into_Finnish|Translation into Finnish]]
|-
|  15
|  fr
|  French
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|97.9}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_French|Translation into French]]
|-
|  16
|  ga
|  Irish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0.3}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|0.07}} (not enabled)
| [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ga.po]
|  [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26863727 mailing-list]
|-
|  17
|  he
|  Hebrew
|  Avi Markovitz
|{{progress|42.4}}
|{{progress|99.97}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/he.po]
|  {{bug|2962}}
|-
|  18
|  hr
|  Croatian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.96}}
|
| 
|-
|  19
|  hu
|  Hungarian
|  Lajos Nemeséri
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.21}}
|
|  {{bug|5505}}:[[Date_Handler]]
|-
|  20
|  is
|  Icelandic
|  Sveinn í Felli
|{{progress|90.4}}
|{{progress|87.55}}
|
| 
|-
|  21
|  it
|  Italian
|  Luigi Toscano
|{{progress|95.0}}
|{{progress|91.2}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  22
|  ja
|  Japanese
|  Keiichiro Yamamoto, Megumi Sakata
|{{progress|40.4}}
|{{progress|38.7}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ja.po]
|  (''[https://raw.github.com/yanmar/gramps-translation-ja/master/po/ja.po github]'') / (Feature request:{{bug|3120}} support for Japanese Era calendar scheme)
|-
|  23
|  lt
|  Lithuanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|94.4}}
|
| {{bug|4848}}
|-
|  24
|  mk
|  Macedonian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|24.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|23.8}} (not enabled)
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/mk.po]
| 
|-
|  25
|  nb
|  Norwegian Bokmål
|  [[User:Espenbe|Espen Berg]]
|{{progress|99.0}}
|{{progress|94.96}}
|
|  [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/datehandler/_datehandler.py see DateDisplay]
|-
|  26
|  nl
|  Dutch
|  Jan Sparreboom
|{{progress|98.4}}
|{{progress|94.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  27
|  nn
|  Norwegian Nynorsk
|  Sigmund Lorentsen
|{{progress|87.8}}
|{{progress|94.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  28
|  pl
|  Polish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|87.9}}
|{{progress|84.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  29
|  pt_BR
|  Portuguese (Brazil)
|  Paulo Henrique, Paiva de Moraes
|{{progress|98.2}}
|{{progress|98.16}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  30
|  pt_PT
|  Portuguese (Portugal)
|  Pedro Albuquerque
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|95.56}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}: Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  31
|  ro
|  Romanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|4.4}}
|{{progress|4.09}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ro.po]
| 
|-
|  32
|  ru
|  Russian
|  Ivan Komaritsyn
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.21}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_Russian|Translation into Russian]]
|-
|  33
|  sk
|  Slovak
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|90.9}}
|{{progress|87.42}}
|
| 
|-
|  34
|  sl
|  Slovenian
|  [[User:Beernarrd|Bernard Banko]]
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|96.01}}
|
| 
|-
|  35
|  sq
|  Albanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|39.4}}
|{{progress|37.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sq.po]
| 
|-
|  36
|  sr
|  Serbian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.1}}
|{{progress|78.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  37
|  sr Latin
|  Serbian Latin
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.7}}
|{{progress|2.3}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr_Latn.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  38
|  sv
|  Swedish
|  Pär Ekholm
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  39
|  ta
|  Tamil
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|6.4}}
|{{progress|6.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  40
|  tr
|  Turkish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|27.5}}
|{{progress|26.2}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/tr.po]
| {{bug|8148}}
|-
|  41
|  uk
|  Ukrainian
|  [http://sourceforge.net/users/fedik/ Fedir Zinchuk]
|{{progress|97.3}}
|{{progress|98.15}}
|
|  Relationships handler only available for 3.4 (need test on 4.0)
|-
|  42
|  vi
|  Vietnamese
|  [[User:Detran|De Tran]]
|{{progress|98.5}}
|{{progress|95.7}}
|
|  {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  43
|  zh_CN
|  Chinese (Simplified)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|73.81}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  44
|  zh_HK
|  Chinese (Hong Kong)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  45
|  zh_TW
|  Chinese (Traditional)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|}
{{-}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Custom
! Type
!  Contact
! Coverage Gramps 2.2.6
! Coverage Gramps 3.1.3
! Coverage (master)
!  Notes
|-
| [http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Image:Animal.po.gz Animal Pedigree]
| [[Animal pedigree]]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100}} [[File:Gramps_animal_2_2_6.po.gz]]
|{{progress|99}} [[File:Gramps_animal_3_1_3.po.gz]]
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with animals.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|-
| Same gender
| Same gender/sex
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|align="right"| -
|{{progress|100}}
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with same gender family.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|}
{{-}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Translators/Categories|T]][[Category:Developers/General|T]]
</noinclude>

Template:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T16:19:34Z

Sten: /* Renew % of localization */

<noinclude>A list of the languages in which Gramps has been translated, along with some additional information used during [[What_to_do_for_a_release|release cycles]] and contact information.

===ALL_LINGUAS===
For enabling, a language code must be set in the ''ALL_LINGUAS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps34/configure.in configure.in] in Gramps 3.x
* [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/setup.py setup.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater

[[Translating Gramps|Help translate Gramps to other languages]] or to improve existing translations.

# Go to the /po directory
cd po

# update with last template
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; msgmerge --no-wrap ${file} gramps.pot -o ${file}; done

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

====INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS====
The minimum complete translation is 70% (if the translation is very close to that percentage also enable it, also keep ''en_GB'' as it is a special subtranslation of English)

Add the locale code (if less than 70%) or remove the locale code (if greater than 70%)as required from the following ''INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py#L119 gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater
INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS = ('ar', 'bg', 'he', 'ja', 'sq', 'ta', 'tr')

</noinclude>{| class="wikitable sortable"
!  Number
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes Code]
!  Language
!  Translator
! Coverage gramps50; 5.0.2 2019-08-27
! Coverage gramps51; 5.1.2 2020-07-29
! Coverage master 
!  Notes
|-
|  1
|  ar
|  Arabic
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|54.7}}
|{{progress|52.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ar.po]
|  see [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=13026041 mailing-list], and {{bug|6819}}: date handler
|-
|  2
|  bg
|  Bulgarian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|56.9}}
|{{progress|54.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  3
|  br
|  Breton
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|2.6}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/br.po]
| 
|-
|  4
|  ca
|  Catalan
|  Joan Creus
|{{progress|99.6}}
|{{progress|98.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  5
|  cs
|  Czech
|  Zdeněk Hataš
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|98.6}}
| 
|-
|  6
|  da
|  Danish
|  Kaj Mikkelsen
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|
| 
|-
|  7
|  de
|  German
|  [[User:Leonhaeuser|Mirko Leonhäuser]]
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  8
|  el
|  Greek
|  Zissis Papadopoulos
|{{progress|81.7}}
|{{progress|78.5}}
|
| 
|-
|  9
!  en_US
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language English]
|  N/A ('''Default Language''')
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html American English]
|-
|  10
|  en_GB
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_English English (British)]
|  [[User:Nick_H|Nick Hall]]
|{{progress|2.5}}
|{{progress|2.2}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html#a4626565 English (British)][{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/en_GB.po en_GB.po]
variation ~ 5%
|-
|  11
|  en_AU
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_English English (Australian)]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0}}
|{{progress|0}}
|
| 
|-
|  12
|  eo
|  Esperanto
|  Pier Luigi Cinquantini
|{{progress|99.3}}
|{{progress|93.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  13
|  es
|  Spanish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.6}}
|{{progress|79.5}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}, {{bug|6645}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  14
|  fi
|  Finnish
|  Matti Niemelä
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/fi.po]
|  {{bug|2356}}: genitive form for names, [[Translation_into_Finnish|Translation into Finnish]]
|-
|  15
|  fr
|  French
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|97.9}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_French|Translation into French]]
|-
|  16
|  ga
|  Irish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0.3}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|0.07}} (not enabled)
| [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ga.po]
|  [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26863727 mailing-list]
|-
|  17
|  he
|  Hebrew
|  Avi Markovitz
|{{progress|42.4}}
|{{progress|99.97}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/he.po]
|  {{bug|2962}}
|-
|  18
|  hr
|  Croatian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.96}}
|
| 
|-
|  19
|  hu
|  Hungarian
|  Lajos Nemeséri
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.21}}
|
|  {{bug|5505}}:[[Date_Handler]]
|-
|  20
|  is
|  Icelandic
|  Sveinn í Felli
|{{progress|90.4}}
|{{progress|87.55}}
|
| 
|-
|  21
|  it
|  Italian
|  Luigi Toscano
|{{progress|95.0}}
|{{progress|91.2}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  22
|  ja
|  Japanese
|  Keiichiro Yamamoto, Megumi Sakata
|{{progress|40.4}}
|{{progress|38.7}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ja.po]
|  (''[https://raw.github.com/yanmar/gramps-translation-ja/master/po/ja.po github]'') / (Feature request:{{bug|3120}} support for Japanese Era calendar scheme)
|-
|  23
|  lt
|  Lithuanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|94.4}}
|
| {{bug|4848}}
|-
|  24
|  mk
|  Macedonian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|24.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|23.8}} (not enabled)
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/mk.po]
| 
|-
|  25
|  nb
|  Norwegian Bokmål
|  [[User:Espenbe|Espen Berg]]
|{{progress|99.0}}
|{{progress|94.96}}
|
|  [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/datehandler/_datehandler.py see DateDisplay]
|-
|  26
|  nl
|  Dutch
|  Jan Sparreboom
|{{progress|98.4}}
|{{progress|94.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  27
|  nn
|  Norwegian Nynorsk
|  Sigmund Lorentsen
|{{progress|87.8}}
|{{progress|94.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  28
|  pl
|  Polish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|87.9}}
|{{progress|84.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  29
|  pt_BR
|  Portuguese (Brazil)
|  Paulo Henrique, Paiva de Moraes
|{{progress|98.2}}
|{{progress|98.16}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  30
|  pt_PT
|  Portuguese (Portugal)
|  Pedro Albuquerque
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|95.56}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}: Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  31
|  ro
|  Romanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|4.4}}
|{{progress|4.09}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ro.po]
| 
|-
|  32
|  ru
|  Russian
|  Ivan Komaritsyn
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.21}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_Russian|Translation into Russian]]
|-
|  33
|  sk
|  Slovak
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|90.9}}
|{{progress|87.42}}
|
| 
|-
|  34
|  sl
|  Slovenian
|  [[User:Beernarrd|Bernard Banko]]
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|96.01}}
|
| 
|-
|  35
|  sq
|  Albanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|39.4}}
|{{progress|37.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sq.po]
| 
|-
|  36
|  sr
|  Serbian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.1}}
|{{progress|78.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  37
|  sr Latin
|  Serbian Latin
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.7}}
|{{progress|2.3}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr_Latn.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  38
|  sv
|  Swedish
|  Pär Ekholm
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  39
|  ta
|  Tamil
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|6.4}}
|{{progress|6.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  40
|  tr
|  Turkish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|27.5}}
|{{progress|26.2}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/tr.po]
| {{bug|8148}}
|-
|  41
|  uk
|  Ukrainian
|  [http://sourceforge.net/users/fedik/ Fedir Zinchuk]
|{{progress|97.3}}
|{{progress|98.15}}
|
|  Relationships handler only available for 3.4 (need test on 4.0)
|-
|  42
|  vi
|  Vietnamese
|  [[User:Detran|De Tran]]
|{{progress|98.5}}
|{{progress|95.7}}
|
|  {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  43
|  zh_CN
|  Chinese (Simplified)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|73.81}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  44
|  zh_HK
|  Chinese (Hong Kong)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  45
|  zh_TW
|  Chinese (Traditional)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|}
{{-}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Custom
! Type
!  Contact
! Coverage Gramps 2.2.6
! Coverage Gramps 3.1.3
! Coverage (master)
!  Notes
|-
| [http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Image:Animal.po.gz Animal Pedigree]
| [[Animal pedigree]]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100}} [[File:Gramps_animal_2_2_6.po.gz]]
|{{progress|99}} [[File:Gramps_animal_3_1_3.po.gz]]
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with animals.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|-
| Same gender
| Same gender/sex
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|align="right"| -
|{{progress|100}}
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with same gender family.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|}
{{-}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Translators/Categories|T]][[Category:Developers/General|T]]
</noinclude>

Template talk:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T16:02:00Z

Sten: About not real language

Good day,
Say me please:

en_AU English (Australian)

it's real language in Gramps?

I not see it in /po/ dirs.
Can I delete this language from list?

Features

2020-07-29T15:55:35Z

Sten: /* Languages 43! */

{{man note|You may find Gramps downloads|On the following page [[Download]]}}
{{languages|Features}}


=Overview=
* Many different [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories|Category views]] for navigating your family tree:
{| {{Prettytable}}
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|gram}}'''Dashboard'''[[File:DashboardCategoryView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays different general purpose Gramplets, small widgets that can help in your genealogical research.
|{{icon|peop}}'''People'''[[File:People-tree-view-grouped-people-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the people in the family tree without their connections. This Category contains the PeopleListView and the Grouped PeopleTreeView. Filter the display using preset filters or a custom filter.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|rela}} '''Relationship'''[[File:Relationships-category-view-50.png|center|400px]] Display a family of parents, grandparents and children with the birth/death dates and relationships. Navigate to nearby relatives with a single click.
|{{icon|fami}} '''Families'''[[File:Families-category-list-view-50.png|center|400px]] List all families in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add notes, and to see parents and children in each family.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - Pedigree'''[[File:ChartsCategory-pedigreeview1-horizontal-right-standard-5gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Display the family in the traditional pedigree view. Hold the mouse over individuals to see more information about them and to move to more distant parts of the tree
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - Fan Chart'''[[File:ChartsCategory-fanchartview-fullcircle-9gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Displays graphical trees for the selected person.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - Descendant Fan Chart'''[[File:ChartsCategory-desendantfan-fullcircle-9gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Displays graphical trees for the selected person.
|{{icon|ance}}'''Charts - 2-Way Fan Chart'''[[File:ChartsCategory-2wayfan-fullcircle-ances4gen-descen4gen-default-50.png|center|400px]] Displays graphical trees for the selected person. 4 Generations of Ancestors (Top) / 4 Generations of Descendants (bottom)
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|even}} '''Event'''[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the events in the family tree in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add source, and to see which individuals reference the event.
|{{icon|plac}} '''Place'''[[File:PlacesCategory-PlaceListView-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the places in the family tree and sort the list by half a dozen headings such as City, County or State.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|geog}} '''Geography'''[[File:GeographyCategory-GeoPlacesView-AllKnownPlaces-openstreemap-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays data of your family tree on a map.
|{{icon|sour34}} '''Source'''[[File:SourcesCategory-CitationTreeView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the sources in the family tree in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add notes, and to see which individuals reference the source.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|cite}} '''Citations'''[[File:CitationsCategory-CitationsListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the citations in the family tree.
|{{icon|repo}} '''Repository'''[[File:RepositoriesCategory-RepositoriesListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] List all source repositories in a single view. Double-click on each to edit, add notes, and to see which sources reference the repository.
|- valign="top"
|{{icon|medi}} '''Media'''[[File:MediaCategory-MediaListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] List all forms of media referenced in the family tree. Can be graphic images, videos, sound clips, spreadsheets, documents, etc.
|{{icon|note}} '''Notes'''[[File:NotesCategory-NotesListView-example-50.png|center|400px]] Displays the notes in the family tree.
|- valign="top"
|
|}

==Features==
* Bookmark favorite individuals for quick access. (The number able to be marked is unlimited)
* Custom filters. In addition to the numerous preset filters, create any number of selections based on interesting facts about your family to use for reports and data exports.
* Link any media or filetype to your Gramps family tree. Choose between copying or linking the file to the database.
* Privacy options allow restriction of any information marked with this option or information about living individuals. Data marked with this option can be excluded in reports and data exports.
* Multiple calendars and date ranges are supported. You can convert between Gregorian, Julian, Hebrew, French republican, Persian and Islamic calendars from within Gramps via the Date selection window, and you can use fuzzy dates like about 1874, estimated 1905, ...
* View, edit, and save Image Exif Metadata for use with modern-day cameras, cell phones, and graphic programs...

==Languages==
* Multiple languages and cultures support is mature.
** Translations exist for 43 languages + 1 Custom Language (See the [[Gramps translations]])
** Gramps has been designed so that new translations can easily be added with little development effort. If you are interested in participating please contact us.
** Relationship calculators available in four languages
** Full Unicode support. Characters for all languages are properly displayed.

==Reports==

[[Image:RelationshipChartDescendants.png|right|thumb|200px|An example descendant chart]]

Generate brief or detailed reports for the ancestors or descendants of an individual.

* Multiple styles of reports are currently available by default. Users can also create their own [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Customize_report_output_formats|custom styles]].
* Eight output formats are supported by Gramps: PDF, OpenDocument, HTML, Rich Text Format (RTF), Latex, and plain text.
* Custom reports can be created by advanced users under the "plugin" system which allows the sharing of custom report styles between users.
* Book report allows the user to collect a variety of reports in a single document, which in turn is easier to distribute.

Charts and Graphs - Create graphical Ancestor and Descendant charts in several formats.

* Box and Fan charts are available, see eg [[Howto: Make a relationship chart | here]].
* Multiple formats are supported by Gramps for charts and graphs: OpenDocument Draw, PDF, PostScript, and SVG.
* Custom charts can be created by users. We hope to add more in the near future through the contributions of users and developers.

Export to Web Pages -Select the entire database, family lines or selected individuals to a collection of web pages ready for upload to the World Wide Web.

*[[Sample reports]]
{{-}}

==Tools==
A rich set of tools includes operations such as checking database for errors and consistency, as well as the research and analysis tools such as event comparison, duplicate people finding, interactive descendant browser, and others.

* Merge. Combine two separate people into one. Very useful combining two databases with overlapping people.
* Soundex generator. Generate the standard codes commonly used in genealogy to compare similar sounding names even though spelled differently.

==File formats==
Import/Export support for several different formats.

* GEDCOM import and export. Extensive support for the defacto industry standard GEDCOM version 5.5.1 so you can exchange Gramps information to and from users of most other genealogy programs.
* Gramps package import and export. A compressed file containing your family tree data and any other files used. Useful for backup or sharing with other Gramps users.
* Export to CD Burner. Export data and media directly to the GNOME file manager (Nautilus) for burning to CD.
* Web Family Tree export. Web Family Tree (WFT) allows you to display your family tree online with only a single file, instead of many html files the web page report generates. See [http://www.simonward.com/cgi-bin/page.pl?family/tree their homepage] for more information.

==Community==

* Active community involvement. Many current Gramps users contribute reports, suggestions, and feedback to the developers through the supported public mailing lists. The Gramps program has been available for over 14 years and has many features and capabilities.
* Active development effort. New versions already in testing use an advanced database design that guarantee very fast access to many thousands of entries in the database. Other new features are being designed and coordinated by several active developers. Many additional participants assist through the mailing lists. Group effort shapes and tests Gramps constantly improving functionality and usability.
* Portable. Gramps is written in a computer language called Python using GTK and GNOME libraries. While only well supported in certain Unix and Linux environments, these are multi-platform development libraries, meaning that Gramps can be ported to any platform the required libraries are ported to.
* Free Software/Open Source development model means Gramps can be extended by any programmer since all of the source code is freely available under its license.
* Gramps is freely distributed under the GPL!

== Checklist ==
{| {{Prettytable}}
|-
!bgcolor="#8DA7D6" style="line-height:2.25em;"| Gramps
!bgcolor="#8DA7D6" style="line-height:2.25em;"| 5.0.x
!bgcolor="#8DA7D6" style="line-height:2.25em;"| 5.1.x
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Price
|style="color:green;"|Free
|style="color:green;"|Free
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Open Source
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"|Category Views
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Dashboard(was Gramplets)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|People
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Families
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Relationships
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Charts
|style="color:green;"|Yes (4 - Pedigree Chart / Ancestor Fan Chart / Descendant Fan / 2-Way Fan)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (4 - Pedigree Chart / Ancestor Fan Chart / Descendant Fan / 2-Way Fan)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Events
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Places
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Geography
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Sources
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Citations
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Repositories
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Media
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Notes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Chart Types
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Reports
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Books
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Family Group Sheets
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Individual Summary
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Sosa Numbering (ascendants)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Henry Numbering (descendants)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Count numbering (descendants)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Calendar
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Database
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Native Database
|style="color:green;"|Yes ('''Berkeley DB'''(default)/ SQLite(Experimental)
|style="color:green;"|Yes ('''SQLite'''(default)/Berkeley DB(Legacy))
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"| [[Gramps Performance|Size Limit]]
|style="color:green;"|Yes (tested up to 250,000 people)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (tested up to 1.4 Million people[https://www.reddit.com/r/gramps/comments/dzevcl/database_size_limit_for_gramps/fb6hdbj/])
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"| Open multiple Databases at once
|style="color:red;"|No (works for viewing, not supported !!)
|style="color:red;"|No (works for viewing, not supported !!)
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Multimedia
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Audio
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Video
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Images
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Remote
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Remote Access
|style="color:green;"|Yes (linux, over X connection)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (linux, over X connection)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Collaboration
|style="color:red;"|No
|style="color:red;"|No
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| International
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Unicode
|style="color:green;"|Yes(40+)
|style="color:green;"|Yes(40+)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|[[Gramps_translations|Languages]]
|English(USA), English(UK), Arabic, Albanian, Brazilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Finnish, French, German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Norwegian (Bokmål and Nynorsk), Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Vietnamese.
|English(USA), English(UK), Arabic, Albanian, Brazilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Finnish, French, German, Hebrew, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Lithuanian, Macedonian, Norwegian (Bokmål and Nynorsk), Polish, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Vietnamese.
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Compatibility
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|[[GEDCOM|GEDCOM 5.5]]
|Import/Export
|Import/Export
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|[[GEDCOM|GEDCOM 5.5.1]]
|Import/Export
|Import/Export
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|HTML
|Export
|Export
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|XML
|Gramps XML
|Gramps XML
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Backup
|On Menu
|On Menu
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Platform
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Linux
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Officially Supported compile/install)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Officially Supported compile/install)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Windows
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Mac
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Community Supported)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|BSD
|style="color:green;"|Yes (user compile/install)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (user compile/install)
|-
!style="color:blue;" colspan="9"| Additional Features
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Match/Merge
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Limited)
|style="color:green;"|Yes (Limited)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Multiple relationships (adoptive-foster)
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Relationship calculator
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Soundex calculator
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Spell check in notes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|3rd party Addon/plugin infrastructure
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|style="color:green;"|Yes
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|Check for Program Update
|style="color:red;"|No (Only for addons)
|style="color:red;"|No (Only for addons)
|-
|bgcolor="lightgray"|User Manual
|style="color:green;"|Yes ([[User_manual|online]])
|style="color:green;"|Yes ([[User_manual|online]])
|}

=See also=
* [[Previous releases of Gramps]]

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:screenshots| ]]

Template:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T14:46:04Z

Sten: /* INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS */

<noinclude>A list of the languages in which Gramps has been translated, along with some additional information used during [[What_to_do_for_a_release|release cycles]] and contact information.

===ALL_LINGUAS===
For enabling, a language code must be set in the ''ALL_LINGUAS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps34/configure.in configure.in] in Gramps 3.x
* [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/setup.py setup.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater

[[Translating Gramps|Help translate Gramps to other languages]] or to improve existing translations.

# Go to the /po directory
cd po

# update with last template
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; msgmerge --no-wrap ${file} gramps.pot -o ${file}; done

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

====INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS====
The minimum complete translation is 70% (if the translation is very close to that percentage also enable it, also keep ''en_GB'' as it is a special subtranslation of English)

Add the locale code (if less than 70%) or remove the locale code (if greater than 70%)as required from the following ''INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py#L119 gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater
INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS = ('ar', 'bg', 'he', 'ja', 'sq', 'ta', 'tr')

</noinclude>{| class="wikitable sortable"
!  Number
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes Code]
!  Language
!  Translator
! Coverage gramps50; 5.0.2 2019-08-27
! Coverage gramps51; 5.1.2 2019-12-09
! Coverage master 
!  Notes
|-
|  1
|  ar
|  Arabic
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|54.7}}
|{{progress|52.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ar.po]
|  see [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=13026041 mailing-list], and {{bug|6819}}: date handler
|-
|  2
|  bg
|  Bulgarian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|56.9}}
|{{progress|54.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  3
|  br
|  Breton
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|2.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/br.po]
| 
|-
|  4
|  ca
|  Catalan
|  Joan Creus
|{{progress|99.6}}
|{{progress|95.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  5
|  cs
|  Czech
|  Zdeněk Hataš
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|98.5}}
| 
|-
|  6
|  da
|  Danish
|  Kaj Mikkelsen
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|95.8}}
|
| 
|-
|  7
|  de
|  German
|  [[User:Leonhaeuser|Mirko Leonhäuser]]
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  8
|  el
|  Greek
|  Zissis Papadopoulos
|{{progress|81.7}}
|{{progress|78.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  9
!  en
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language English]
|  N/A ('''Default Language''')
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html American English]
|-
|  10
|  en_GB
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_English English (British)]
|  [[User:Nick_H|Nick Hall]]
|{{progress|2.5}}
|{{progress|2.1}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html#a4626565 English (British)][{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/en_GB.po en_GB.po]
variation ~ 5%
|-
|  11
|  en_AU
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_English English (Australian)]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0}}
|{{progress|0}}
|
| 
|-
|  12
|  eo
|  Esperanto
|  Pier Luigi Cinquantini
|{{progress|99.3}}
|{{progress|93.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  13
|  es
|  Spanish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.6}}
|{{progress|79.4}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}, {{bug|6645}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  14
|  fi
|  Finnish
|  Matti Niemelä
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/fi.po]
|  {{bug|2356}}: genitive form for names, [[Translation_into_Finnish|Translation into Finnish]]
|-
|  15
|  fr
|  French
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|97.3}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_French|Translation into French]]
|-
|  16
|  ga
|  Irish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0.3}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|0.07}} (not enabled)
| [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ga.po]
|  [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26863727 mailing-list]
|-
|  17
|  he
|  Hebrew
|  Avi Markovitz
|{{progress|42.4}}
|{{progress|99.7}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/he.po]
|  {{bug|2962}}
|-
|  18
|  hr
|  Croatian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|
| 
|-
|  19
|  hu
|  Hungarian
|  Lajos Nemeséri
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.2}}
|
|  {{bug|5505}}:[[Date_Handler]]
|-
|  20
|  is
|  Icelandic
|  Sveinn í Felli
|{{progress|90.4}}
|{{progress|87.5}}
|
| 
|-
|  21
|  it
|  Italian
|  Luigi Toscano
|{{progress|95.0}}
|{{progress|91.2}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  22
|  ja
|  Japanese
|  Keiichiro Yamamoto, Megumi Sakata
|{{progress|40.4}}
|{{progress|38.6}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ja.po]
|  (''[https://raw.github.com/yanmar/gramps-translation-ja/master/po/ja.po github]'') / (Feature request:{{bug|3120}} support for Japanese Era calendar scheme)
|-
|  23
|  lt
|  Lithuanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|94.4}}
|
| {{bug|4848}}
|-
|  24
|  mk
|  Macedonian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|24.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|23.8}} (not enabled)
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/mk.po]
| 
|-
|  25
|  nb
|  Norwegian Bokmål
|  [[User:Espenbe|Espen Berg]]
|{{progress|99.0}}
|{{progress|94.9}}
|
|  [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/datehandler/_datehandler.py see DateDisplay]
|-
|  26
|  nl
|  Dutch
|  Jan Sparreboom
|{{progress|98.4}}
|{{progress|94.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  27
|  nn
|  Norwegian Nynorsk
|  Sigmund Lorentsen
|{{progress|87.8}}
|{{progress|94.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  28
|  pl
|  Polish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|87.9}}
|{{progress|84.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  29
|  pt_BR
|  Portuguese (Brazil)
|  Paulo Henrique, Paiva de Moraes
|{{progress|98.2}}
|{{progress|95.4}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  30
|  pt_PT
|  Portuguese (Portugal)
|  Pedro Albuquerque
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.1}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}: Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  31
|  ro
|  Romanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|4.4}}
|{{progress|4.0}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ro.po]
| 
|-
|  32
|  ru
|  Russian
|  Ivan Komaritsyn
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|98.8}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_Russian|Translation into Russian]]
|-
|  33
|  sk
|  Slovak
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|90.9}}
|{{progress|91.1}}
|
| 
|-
|  34
|  sl
|  Slovenian
|  [[User:Beernarrd|Bernard Banko]]
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|87.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  35
|  sq
|  Albanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|39.4}}
|{{progress|37.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sq.po]
| 
|-
|  36
|  sr
|  Serbian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.1}}
|{{progress|78.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  37
|  sr Latin
|  Serbian Latin
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.7}}
|{{progress|2.3}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr_Latn.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  38
|  sv
|  Swedish
|  Pär Ekholm
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  39
|  ta
|  Tamil
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|6.4}}
|{{progress|6.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  40
|  tr
|  Turkish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|27.5}}
|{{progress|26.2}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/tr.po]
| {{bug|8148}}
|-
|  41
|  uk
|  Ukrainian
|  [http://sourceforge.net/users/fedik/ Fedir Zinchuk]
|{{progress|97.3}}
|{{progress|94.1}}
|
|  Relationships handler only available for 3.4 (need test on 4.0)
|-
|  42
|  vi
|  Vietnamese
|  [[User:Detran|De Tran]]
|{{progress|98.5}}
|{{progress|95.7}}
|
|  {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  43
|  zh_CN
|  Chinese (Simplified)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  44
|  zh_HK
|  Chinese (Hong Kong)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  45
|  zh_TW
|  Chinese (Traditional)
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|}
{{-}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Custom
! Type
!  Contact
! Coverage Gramps 2.2.6
! Coverage Gramps 3.1.3
! Coverage (master)
!  Notes
|-
| [http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Image:Animal.po.gz Animal Pedigree]
| [[Animal pedigree]]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100}} [[File:Gramps_animal_2_2_6.po.gz]]
|{{progress|99}} [[File:Gramps_animal_3_1_3.po.gz]]
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with animals.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|-
| Same gender
| Same gender/sex
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|align="right"| -
|{{progress|100}}
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with same gender family.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|}
{{-}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Translators/Categories|T]][[Category:Developers/General|T]]
</noinclude>

Template:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T14:40:35Z

Sten: /* INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS */

<noinclude>A list of the languages in which Gramps has been translated, along with some additional information used during [[What_to_do_for_a_release|release cycles]] and contact information.

===ALL_LINGUAS===
For enabling, a language code must be set in the ''ALL_LINGUAS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps34/configure.in configure.in] in Gramps 3.x
* [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/setup.py setup.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater

[[Translating Gramps|Help translate Gramps to other languages]] or to improve existing translations.

# Go to the /po directory
cd po

# update with last template
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; msgmerge --no-wrap ${file} gramps.pot -o ${file}; done

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

====INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS====
The minimum complete translation is 70% (if the translation is very close to that percentage also enable it, also keep ''en_GB'' as it is a special subtranslation of English)

Add the locale code (if less than 70%) or remove the locale code (if greater than 70%)as required from the following ''INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py#L119 gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater
INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS = ('ar', 'bg', 'he', 'ja', 'sq', 'ta', 'tr')

</noinclude>{| class="wikitable sortable"
!  Number
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes Code]
!  Language
!  Translator
! Coverage gramps50; 5.0.2 2019-08-27
! Coverage gramps51; 5.1.2 2019-12-09
! Coverage master 
!  Notes
|-
|  1
|  ar
|  Arabic
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|54.7}}
|{{progress|52.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ar.po]
|  see [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=13026041 mailing-list], and {{bug|6819}}: date handler
|-
|  2
|  bg
|  Bulgarian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|56.9}}
|{{progress|54.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  3
|  br
|  Breton
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|2.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/br.po]
| 
|-
|  4
|  ca
|  Catalan
|  Joan Creus
|{{progress|99.6}}
|{{progress|95.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  5
|  cs
|  Czech
|  Zdeněk Hataš
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|98.5}}
| 
|-
|  6
|  da
|  Danish
|  Kaj Mikkelsen
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|95.8}}
|
| 
|-
|  7
|  de
|  German
|  [[User:Leonhaeuser|Mirko Leonhäuser]]
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  8
|  el
|  Greek
|  Zissis Papadopoulos
|{{progress|81.7}}
|{{progress|78.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  9
!  en
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language English]
|  N/A ('''Default Language''')
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html American English]
|-
|  10
|  en_GB
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_English English (British)]
|  [[User:Nick_H|Nick Hall]]
|{{progress|2.5}}
|{{progress|2.1}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html#a4626565 English (British)][{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/en_GB.po en_GB.po]
variation ~ 5%
|-
|  11
|  en_AU
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_English English (Australian)]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0}}
|{{progress|0}}
|
| 
|-
|  12
|  eo
|  Esperanto
|  Pier Luigi Cinquantini
|{{progress|99.3}}
|{{progress|93.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  13
|  es
|  Spanish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.6}}
|{{progress|79.4}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}, {{bug|6645}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  14
|  fi
|  Finnish
|  Matti Niemelä
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/fi.po]
|  {{bug|2356}}: genitive form for names, [[Translation_into_Finnish|Translation into Finnish]]
|-
|  15
|  fr
|  French
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|97.3}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_French|Translation into French]]
|-
|  16
|  ga
|  Irish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0.3}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|0.07}} (not enabled)
| [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ga.po]
|  [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26863727 mailing-list]
|-
|  17
|  he
|  Hebrew
|  Avi Markovitz
|{{progress|42.4}}
|{{progress|99.7}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/he.po]
|  {{bug|2962}}
|-
|  18
|  hr
|  Croatian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|
| 
|-
|  19
|  hu
|  Hungarian
|  Lajos Nemeséri
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.2}}
|
|  {{bug|5505}}:[[Date_Handler]]
|-
|  20
|  is
|  Icelandic
|  Sveinn í Felli
|{{progress|90.4}}
|{{progress|87.5}}
|
| 
|-
|  21
|  it
|  Italian
|  Luigi Toscano
|{{progress|95.0}}
|{{progress|91.2}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  22
|  ja
|  Japanese
|  Keiichiro Yamamoto, Megumi Sakata
|{{progress|40.4}}
|{{progress|38.6}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ja.po]
|  (''[https://raw.github.com/yanmar/gramps-translation-ja/master/po/ja.po github]'') / (Feature request:{{bug|3120}} support for Japanese Era calendar scheme)
|-
|  23
|  lt
|  Lithuanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|94.4}}
|
| {{bug|4848}}
|-
|  24
|  mk
|  Macedonian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|24.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|23.8}} (not enabled)
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/mk.po]
| 
|-
|  25
|  nb
|  Norwegian Bokmål
|  [[User:Espenbe|Espen Berg]]
|{{progress|99.0}}
|{{progress|94.9}}
|
|  [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/datehandler/_datehandler.py see DateDisplay]
|-
|  26
|  nl
|  Dutch
|  Jan Sparreboom
|{{progress|98.4}}
|{{progress|94.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  27
|  nn
|  Norwegian Nynorsk
|  Sigmund Lorentsen
|{{progress|87.8}}
|{{progress|94.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  28
|  pl
|  Polish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|87.9}}
|{{progress|84.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  29
|  pt_BR
|  Portuguese (Brazil)
|  Paulo Henrique, Paiva de Moraes
|{{progress|98.2}}
|{{progress|95.4}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  30
|  pt_PT
|  Portuguese (Portugal)
|  Pedro Albuquerque
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.1}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}: Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  31
|  ro
|  Romanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|4.4}}
|{{progress|4.0}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ro.po]
| 
|-
|  32
|  ru
|  Russian
|  Ivan Komaritsyn
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|98.8}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_Russian|Translation into Russian]]
|-
|  33
|  sk
|  Slovak
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|90.9}}
|{{progress|91.1}}
|
| 
|-
|  34
|  sl
|  Slovenian
|  [[User:Beernarrd|Bernard Banko]]
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|87.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  35
|  sq
|  Albanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|39.4}}
|{{progress|37.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sq.po]
| 
|-
|  36
|  sr
|  Serbian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.1}}
|{{progress|78.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  37
|  sr Latin
|  Serbian Latin
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.7}}
|{{progress|2.3}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr_Latn.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  38
|  sv
|  Swedish
|  Pär Ekholm
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  39
|  ta
|  Tamil
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|6.4}}
|{{progress|6.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  40
|  tr
|  Turkish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|27.5}}
|{{progress|26.2}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/tr.po]
| {{bug|8148}}
|-
|  41
|  uk
|  Ukrainian
|  [http://sourceforge.net/users/fedik/ Fedir Zinchuk]
|{{progress|97.3}}
|{{progress|94.1}}
|
|  Relationships handler only available for 3.4 (need test on 4.0)
|-
|  42
|  vi
|  Vietnamese
|  [[User:Detran|De Tran]]
|{{progress|98.5}}
|{{progress|95.7}}
|
|  {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  43
|  zh_CN
|  Chinese
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  44
|  zh_HK
|  Chinese
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  45
|  zh_TW
|  Chinese
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|}
{{-}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Custom
! Type
!  Contact
! Coverage Gramps 2.2.6
! Coverage Gramps 3.1.3
! Coverage (master)
!  Notes
|-
| [http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Image:Animal.po.gz Animal Pedigree]
| [[Animal pedigree]]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100}} [[File:Gramps_animal_2_2_6.po.gz]]
|{{progress|99}} [[File:Gramps_animal_3_1_3.po.gz]]
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with animals.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|-
| Same gender
| Same gender/sex
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|align="right"| -
|{{progress|100}}
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with same gender family.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|}
{{-}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Translators/Categories|T]][[Category:Developers/General|T]]
</noinclude>

Template:Gramps translations

2020-07-29T14:38:43Z

Sten: /*Add Number of Rows*/

<noinclude>A list of the languages in which Gramps has been translated, along with some additional information used during [[What_to_do_for_a_release|release cycles]] and contact information.

===ALL_LINGUAS===
For enabling, a language code must be set in the ''ALL_LINGUAS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps34/configure.in configure.in] in Gramps 3.x
* [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/setup.py setup.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater

[[Translating Gramps|Help translate Gramps to other languages]] or to improve existing translations.

# Go to the /po directory
cd po

# update with last template
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; msgmerge --no-wrap ${file} gramps.pot -o ${file}; done

# check localisation percentage
for file in *.po; do echo -n "${file} "; ./check_po -s ${file} | grep "Localized at"; done

====INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS====
The minimum complete translation is 70% (if the translation is very close to that percentage also enable it, also keep ''en_GB'' as it is a special subtranslation of English)

Add the locale code (if less than 70%) or remove the locale code (if greater than 70%)as required from the following ''INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS'' section in the file:
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py#L119 gramps/gen/utils/grampslocale.py] in Gramps 4.x and greater
INCOMPLETE_TRANSLATIONS = ('ar', 'bg', 'he', 'ja', 'sq', 'ta', 'tr')

</noinclude>{| class="wikitable sortable"
!  Number
!  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes Code]
!  Language
!  Translator
! Coverage gramps50; 5.0.2 2019-08-27
! Coverage gramps51; 5.1.2 2019-12-09
! Coverage master 
!  Notes
|-
|  1
|  ar
|  Arabic
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|54.7}}
|{{progress|52.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ar.po]
|  see [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=13026041 mailing-list], and {{bug|6819}}: date handler
|-
|  2
|  bg
|  Bulgarian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|56.9}}
|{{progress|54.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  3
|  br
|  Breton
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|2.5}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/br.po]
| 
|-
|  4
|  ca
|  Catalan
|  Joan Creus
|{{progress|99.6}}
|{{progress|95.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  5
|  cs
|  Czech
|  Zdeněk Hataš
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|98.5}}
| 
|-
|  6
|  da
|  Danish
|  Kaj Mikkelsen
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|95.8}}
|
| 
|-
|  7
|  de
|  German
|  [[User:Leonhaeuser|Mirko Leonhäuser]]
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  8
|  el
|  Greek
|  Zissis Papadopoulos
|{{progress|81.7}}
|{{progress|78.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  9
!  en
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language English]
|  N/A ( '''Default Language''' )
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html American English]
|-
|  10
|  en_GB
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_English English (British)]
|  [[User:Nick_H|Nick Hall]]
|{{progress|2.5}}
|{{progress|2.1}}
|
| [http://gramps.1791082.n4.nabble.com/English-or-American-spelling-td4623552.html#a4626565 English (British)][{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/en_GB.po en_GB.po]
variation ~ 5%
|-
|  11
|  en_AU
|  [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Australian_English English (Australian)]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0}}
|{{progress|0}}
|
| 
|-
|  12
|  eo
|  Esperanto
|  Pier Luigi Cinquantini
|{{progress|99.3}}
|{{progress|93.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  13
|  es
|  Spanish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.6}}
|{{progress|79.4}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}, {{bug|6645}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  14
|  fi
|  Finnish
|  Matti Niemelä
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/fi.po]
|  {{bug|2356}}: genitive form for names, [[Translation_into_Finnish|Translation into Finnish]]
|-
|  15
|  fr
|  French
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|97.3}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_French|Translation into French]]
|-
|  16
|  ga
|  Irish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|0.3}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|0.07}} (not enabled)
| [{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ga.po]
|  [http://sourceforge.net/mailarchive/message.php?msg_id=26863727 mailing-list]
|-
|  17
|  he
|  Hebrew
|  Avi Markovitz
|{{progress|42.4}}
|{{progress|99.7}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/he.po]
|  {{bug|2962}}
|-
|  18
|  hr
|  Croatian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.9}}
|
| 
|-
|  19
|  hu
|  Hungarian
|  Lajos Nemeséri
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|99.2}}
|
|  {{bug|5505}}:[[Date_Handler]]
|-
|  20
|  is
|  Icelandic
|  Sveinn í Felli
|{{progress|90.4}}
|{{progress|87.5}}
|
| 
|-
|  21
|  it
|  Italian
|  Luigi Toscano
|{{progress|95.0}}
|{{progress|91.2}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  22
|  ja
|  Japanese
|  Keiichiro Yamamoto, Megumi Sakata
|{{progress|40.4}}
|{{progress|38.6}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ja.po]
|  (''[https://raw.github.com/yanmar/gramps-translation-ja/master/po/ja.po github]'') / (Feature request:{{bug|3120}} support for Japanese Era calendar scheme)
|-
|  23
|  lt
|  Lithuanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|98.3}}
|{{progress|94.4}}
|
| {{bug|4848}}
|-
|  24
|  mk
|  Macedonian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|24.9}} (not enabled)
|{{progress|23.8}} (not enabled)
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/mk.po]
| 
|-
|  25
|  nb
|  Norwegian Bokmål
|  [[User:Espenbe|Espen Berg]]
|{{progress|99.0}}
|{{progress|94.9}}
|
|  [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gen/datehandler/_datehandler.py see DateDisplay]
|-
|  26
|  nl
|  Dutch
|  Jan Sparreboom
|{{progress|98.4}}
|{{progress|94.6}}
|
| 
|-
|  27
|  nn
|  Norwegian Nynorsk
|  Sigmund Lorentsen
|{{progress|87.8}}
|{{progress|94.3}}
|
| 
|-
|  28
|  pl
|  Polish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|87.9}}
|{{progress|84.7}}
|
| 
|-
|  29
|  pt_BR
|  Portuguese (Brazil)
|  Paulo Henrique, Paiva de Moraes
|{{progress|98.2}}
|{{progress|95.4}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}:Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  30
|  pt_PT
|  Portuguese (Portugal)
|  Pedro Albuquerque
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|99.1}}
|
| {{bug|4185}}: Kinship report (Relationships)
|-
|  31
|  ro
|  Romanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|4.4}}
|{{progress|4.0}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/ro.po]
| 
|-
|  32
|  ru
|  Russian
|  Ivan Komaritsyn
|{{progress|99.7}}
|{{progress|98.8}}
|
|  [[Translation_into_Russian|Translation into Russian]]
|-
|  33
|  sk
|  Slovak
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|90.9}}
|{{progress|91.1}}
|
| 
|-
|  34
|  sl
|  Slovenian
|  [[User:Beernarrd|Bernard Banko]]
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|87.4}}
|
| 
|-
|  35
|  sq
|  Albanian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|39.4}}
|{{progress|37.8}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sq.po]
| 
|-
|  36
|  sr
|  Serbian
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|82.1}}
|{{progress|78.9}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  37
|  sr Latin
|  Serbian Latin
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|2.7}}
|{{progress|2.3}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/sr_Latn.po]
|  see {{bug|2375}}
|-
|  38
|  sv
|  Swedish
|  Pär Ekholm
|{{progress|100.0}}
|{{progress|100.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  39
|  ta
|  Tamil
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|6.4}}
|{{progress|6.0}}
|
| 
|-
|  40
|  tr
|  Turkish
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|27.5}}
|{{progress|26.2}}
|[{{Code Browser}}/tree/master/po/tr.po]
| {{bug|8148}}
|-
|  41
|  uk
|  Ukrainian
|  [http://sourceforge.net/users/fedik/ Fedir Zinchuk]
|{{progress|97.3}}
|{{progress|94.1}}
|
|  Relationships handler only available for 3.4 (need test on 4.0)
|-
|  42
|  vi
|  Vietnamese
|  [[User:Detran|De Tran]]
|{{progress|98.5}}
|{{progress|95.7}}
|
|  {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  43
|  zh_CN
|  Chinese
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  44
|  zh_HK
|  Chinese
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|-
|  45
|  zh_TW
|  Chinese
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|70.5}}
|{{progress|67.7}}
|
| {{bug|4400}}: lunisolar calendar support ?
|}
{{-}}
{| class="wikitable sortable"
! Custom
! Type
!  Contact
! Coverage Gramps 2.2.6
! Coverage Gramps 3.1.3
! Coverage (master)
!  Notes
|-
| [http://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Image:Animal.po.gz Animal Pedigree]
| [[Animal pedigree]]
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|{{progress|100}} [[File:Gramps_animal_2_2_6.po.gz]]
|{{progress|99}} [[File:Gramps_animal_3_1_3.po.gz]]
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with animals.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|-
| Same gender
| Same gender/sex
|  '''[[Translating_Gramps|Translator Vacancy]]'''
|align="right"| -
|{{progress|100}}
|{{progress|0}}
|  English(US) sub-translation that makes using Gramps far more intuitive when dealing with same gender family.(Bug:{{bug|3346}})
|}
{{-}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Translators/Categories|T]][[Category:Developers/General|T]]
</noinclude>

Talk:Download

2020-06-16T13:30:57Z

Sten: /* Package name for Linux - gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb or python3-gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb? */ new section

==Dependencies and optional packages==
Please can someone who has edit permissions on this page add a note about additional packages. These are mentioned in the readme file, and it would be helpful if this wiki page said this and where to find the readme (/usr/share/doc/gramps). There are some error messages that can crop up about missing packages, and it is not always obvious what should be done to fix these. One example is an error message that "Gramps detected an incomplete GTK installation" but with no info on how to fix this. The readme says to install language-pack-gnome-xx which fixes that error message. Thanks. --[[User:Peterhewett|Peterhewett]] ([[User talk:Peterhewett|talk]]) 13:03, 4 May 2016 (MST)

== Add introductory paragraph to Download page? ==

What do you think of adding a plain language paragraph (above the top-most green Note) to the [[Download|Download page]] which explains about version/platform differences and is a reminder of Version Template updating?

As of {{CURRENTDAYNAME}}, {{CURRENTDAY}} {{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}} {{CURRENTYEAR}}, the [[Download|most current Gramps release]] is the {{TEMPLATE:version}} version. Initial release is for Linux OS and new installers for target platforms are updated by volunteers. So, updated release lags will correspond to interest levels. The released versions on the various platforms are: Version {{template:version}} for [[Download#Linux|Linux]], {{template:Version Linux Live CD}} on the Version Linux Live CD, {{template:Version Mac}} on [[Download#Mac_OS_X|Mac OS X]], {{template:Version MacPort}} for the [https://portableapps.com/about/what_is_a_portable_app Portable App] for Mac, {{template:Version windows AIO32}} for [https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/15056/windows-32-64-bit-faq generic 32-bit] [[Download#MS_Windows|Windows]], {{template:Version windows AIO64}} for more powerful [https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/13443/windows-which-version-am-i-running 64-bit] [[Download#MS_Windows|Windows]], and {{template:Version windows portable}} for the [https://portableapps.com/about/what_is_a_portable_app Portable App] for Windows. For a history of Gramps release versions, see [[Previous_releases_of_Gramps|Previous releases of Gramps]].

'''''(just wrote an example for the [[:Category:Templates|Category:Templates]] Portal page and thought it could be re-used.'''''

underlying wiki code for this paragraph:

<nowiki>As of {{CURRENTDAYNAME}}, {{CURRENTDAY}} {{CURRENTMONTHNAMEGEN}} {{CURRENTYEAR}}, the [[Download|most current Gramps release]] is the {{TEMPLATE:version}} version. Initial release is for Linux OS and new installers for target platforms are updated by volunteers. So, updated release lags will correspond to interest levels. The released versions on the various platforms are: Version {{template:version}} for [[Download#Linux|Linux]], {{template:Version Linux Live CD}} on the Version Linux Live CD, {{template:Version Mac}} on [[Download#Mac_OS_X|Mac OS X]], {{template:Version MacPort}} for the [https://portableapps.com/about/what_is_a_portable_app Portable App] for Mac, {{template:Version windows AIO32}} for [https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/15056/windows-32-64-bit-faq generic 32-bit] [[Download#MS_Windows|Windows]], {{template:Version windows AIO64}} for more powerful [https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/13443/windows-which-version-am-i-running 64-bit] [[Download#MS_Windows|Windows]], and {{template:Version windows portable}} for the [https://portableapps.com/about/what_is_a_portable_app Portable App] for Windows. For a history of Gramps release versions, see [[Previous_releases_of_Gramps|Previous releases of Gramps]].</nowiki>

[[User:Bamaustin|Bamaustin]] ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 18:34, 2 June 2019 (UTC)

== Package name for Linux - gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb or python3-gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb? ==

On this page
package name is - python3-gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb:

sudo dpkg -i python3-gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb

On
https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/releases/v5.1.2
package name is - gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb:
https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/releases/download/v5.1.2/gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb

Change '''python3-gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb''' to '''gramps_5.1.2-1_all.deb''' please.

User talk:Vantu5z

2020-06-05T22:20:00Z

Sten: /* Вопросы по локализации */

<hr />
'''Welcome to ''Gramps''!'''
We hope you will contribute much and well.
You will probably want to read the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents help pages].
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Sam888|Sam888]] ([[User talk:Sam888|talk]]) 15:18, 27 October 2016 (MST)

Hi Vantu5z.

Had to revert a recent change to an English master page.

There was a 'Redirect' placeholder at
[https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no]

So you were not editing the Russian page as you expected.

Bamaustin ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 17:41, 16 March 2020 (UTC)

== Вопросы по локализации ==

Иван, день добрый.

Я занимаюсь переводами ПО и научной документации с 1998 года.

GRAMPS использую с версии 2.0.6.

Сейчас выдалось свободное время. Много времени.

У меня были небольшие сложности при работе в GRAMPS. Сейчас почти все разрешены.

Хотелось бы поделиться решением с разработчиками.

Я подключился к git, получил исходные тексты программы. Но у меня (по-видимому) нет прав на запись - все мои коммиты отклоняются.

Как мне по-быстрому выкладывать свои наработки в общий доступ?

Что я могу:

1. Привести перевод программы и модулей к нормативному русскому языку (термины и пр),

2. Добавить нужные в работе форматы для русского языка,

3. Добавить небольшие улучшения в уже имеющийся код.

На большее пока нет желания, необходимости и опыта/знаний.

Как пример: мне нужны были события, связанные с "политическими репрессиями" 1937 года - арест, приговор суда и пр.

Для решения этого я создал новую задачу на баг-трекере:

https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11763

Подождав полторы недели, я за два часа вставил нужные мне события.

Что мне делать дальше, чтобы мои изменения могли служить другим пользователям GRAMPS?

User talk:Vantu5z

2020-06-05T22:18:20Z

Sten: /* Вопросы по локализации */

<hr />
'''Welcome to ''Gramps''!'''
We hope you will contribute much and well.
You will probably want to read the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents help pages].
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Sam888|Sam888]] ([[User talk:Sam888|talk]]) 15:18, 27 October 2016 (MST)

Hi Vantu5z.

Had to revert a recent change to an English master page.

There was a 'Redirect' placeholder at
[https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no]

So you were not editing the Russian page as you expected.

Bamaustin ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 17:41, 16 March 2020 (UTC)

== Вопросы по локализации ==

Иван, день добрый.

Я занимаюсь переводами ПО и научной документации с 1998 года.

GRAMPS использую с версии 2.0.6.

Сейчас выдалось свободное время. Много времени.

У меня были небольшие сложности при работе в GRAMPS. Сейчас почти все разрешены.

Хотелось бы поделиться решением с разработчиками.

Я подключился к git, получил исходные тексты программы. Но у меня (по-видимому) нет прав на запись - все мои коммиты отклоняются.

Как мне по-быстрому выкладывать свои наработки в общий доступ?

Что я могу:

1. Привести перевод программы и модулей к нормативному русскому языку (термины и пр),

2. Добавить нужные в работе форматы для русского языка,

3. Добавить небольшие улучшения в уже имеющийся код.

На большее пока нет желания, необходимости и опыта/знаний.

Как пример: мне нужны были события, связанные с "политическими репрессиями" 1937 года - арест, приговор суда и пр.

Для решения этого я создал новую задачу на баг-трекере:

https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11763

Подождав полторы недели, я за два часа вставил нужные мне события.

Что мне делать дальше, чтобы мои изменения могу служить пользователям GRAMPS?

User talk:Vantu5z

2020-06-05T22:17:27Z

Sten: /* Вопросы по локализации */

<hr />
'''Welcome to ''Gramps''!'''
We hope you will contribute much and well.
You will probably want to read the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents help pages].
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Sam888|Sam888]] ([[User talk:Sam888|talk]]) 15:18, 27 October 2016 (MST)

Hi Vantu5z.

Had to revert a recent change to an English master page.

There was a 'Redirect' placeholder at
[https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no]

So you were not editing the Russian page as you expected.

Bamaustin ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 17:41, 16 March 2020 (UTC)

== Вопросы по локализации ==

Иван, день добрый.

Я занимаюсь переводами ПО и научной документации с 1998 года.

GRAMPS использую с версии 2.0.6.

Сейчас выдалось свободное время. Много времени.

У меня были небольшие сложности при работе в GRAMPS. Сейчас почти все разрешены.

Хотелось бы поделиться решением с разработчиками.

Я подключился к git, получил исходные тексты программы. Но у меня (по-видимому) нет прав на запись - все мои коммиты отклоняются.

Как мне по-быстрому выкладывать свои наработки в общий доступ?

Что я могу:

1. Привести перевод программы и модулей к нормативному русскому языку (термины и пр),

2. Добавить нужные в работе форматы для русского языка,

3. Добавить небольшие улучшения в уже имеющийся код.

На большее пока нет желания, необходимости и опыта/знаний.
Как пример: мне нужны были события, связанные с "политическими репрессиями" 1937 года - арест, приговор суда и пр.
Для решения этого я создал новую задачу на баг-трекере:

https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11763

Подождав полторы недели, я за два часа вставил нужные мне события.
Что мне делать дальше, чтобы мои изменения могу служить пользователям GRAMPS?

User talk:Vantu5z

2020-06-05T20:03:45Z

Sten: /* Вопросы по локализации */

<hr />
'''Welcome to ''Gramps''!'''
We hope you will contribute much and well.
You will probably want to read the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents help pages].
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Sam888|Sam888]] ([[User talk:Sam888|talk]]) 15:18, 27 October 2016 (MST)

Hi Vantu5z.

Had to revert a recent change to an English master page.

There was a 'Redirect' placeholder at
[https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no]

So you were not editing the Russian page as you expected.

Bamaustin ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 17:41, 16 March 2020 (UTC)

== Вопросы по локализации ==

Иван, день добрый.

Я занимаюсь переводами ПО и научной документации с 1998 года.

GRAMPS использую с версии 2.0.6.

Сейчас выдалось свободное время. Много времени.

У меня были небольшие сложности при работе в GRAMPS. Сейчас почти все разрешены.

Хотелось бы поделиться ими с разработчиками.

Я подключился к git, получил исходные тексты программы. Но у меня (по-видимому) нет прав на запись - все мои коммиты отклоняются.

Как мне по-быстрому выкладывать свои наработки в общий доступ?

Что я могу:

1. Привести перевод программы и модулей к нормативному русскому языку (термины и пр),

2. Добавить нужные в работе форматы для русского языка,

3. Добавить небольшие улучшения в уже имеющийся код.

На большее пока нет желания, необходимости и опыта/знаний.
Как пример: мне нужны были события, связанные с "политическими репрессиями" 1937 года - арест, приговор суда и пр.
Для решения этого я создал новую задачу на баг-трекере:

https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11763

Подождав полторы недели, я за два часа вставил нужные мне события.
Что мне делать дальше, чтобы мои изменения могу служить пользователям GRAMPS?

User talk:Vantu5z

2020-06-05T20:03:21Z

Sten: /* Вопросы по локализации */

<hr />
'''Welcome to ''Gramps''!'''
We hope you will contribute much and well.
You will probably want to read the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents help pages].
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Sam888|Sam888]] ([[User talk:Sam888|talk]]) 15:18, 27 October 2016 (MST)

Hi Vantu5z.

Had to revert a recent change to an English master page.

There was a 'Redirect' placeholder at
[https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no]

So you were not editing the Russian page as you expected.

Bamaustin ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 17:41, 16 March 2020 (UTC)

== Вопросы по локализации ==

Иван, день добрый.

Я занимаюсь переводами ПО и научной документации с 1998 года.

GRAMPS использую с версии 2.0.6.

Сейчас выдалось свободное время. Много времени.

У меня были небольшие сложности при работе в GRAMPS. Сейчас почти все разрешены.

Хотелось бы поделиться ими с разработчиками.

Я подключился к git, получил исходные тексты программы. Но у меня (по-видимому) нет прав на запись - все мои коммиты отклоняются.

Как мне по-быстрому выкладывать свои наработки в общий доступ?

Что я могу:
1. Привести перевод программы и модулей к нормативному русскому языку (термины и пр),

2. Добавить нужные в работе форматы для русского языка,

3. Добавить небольшие улучшения в уже имеющийся код.

На большее пока нет желания, необходимости и опыта/знаний.
Как пример: мне нужны были события, связанные с "политическими репрессиями" 1937 года - арест, приговор суда и пр.
Для решения этого я создал новую задачу на баг-трекере:

https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11763

Подождав полторы недели, я за два часа вставил нужные мне события.
Что мне делать дальше, чтобы мои изменения могу служить пользователям GRAMPS?

User talk:Vantu5z

2020-06-05T20:02:10Z

Sten: /* Вопросы по локализации */ new section

<hr />
'''Welcome to ''Gramps''!'''
We hope you will contribute much and well.
You will probably want to read the [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents help pages].
Again, welcome and have fun! [[User:Sam888|Sam888]] ([[User talk:Sam888|talk]]) 15:18, 27 October 2016 (MST)

Hi Vantu5z.

Had to revert a recent change to an English master page.

There was a 'Redirect' placeholder at
[https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3/ru&redirect=no]

So you were not editing the Russian page as you expected.

Bamaustin ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 17:41, 16 March 2020 (UTC)

== Вопросы по локализации ==

Иван, день добрый.

Я занимаюсь переводами ПО и научной документации с 1998 года.
GRAMPS использую с версии 2.0.6.
Сейчас выдалось свободное время. Много времени.
У меня были небольшие сложности при работе в GRAMPS. Сейчас почти все разрешены.

Хотелось бы поделиться ими с разработчиками.

Я подключился к git, получил исходные тексты программы. Но у меня (по-видимому) нет прав на запись - все мои коммиты отклоняются.

Как мне по-быстрому выкладывать свои наработки в общий доступ?

Что я могу:
1. Привести перевод программы и модулей к нормативному русскому языку (термины и пр),
2. Добавить нужные в работе форматы для русского языка,
3. Добавить небольшие улучшения в уже имеющийся код.

На большее пока нет желания, необходимости и опыта/знаний.
Как пример: мне нужны были события, связанные с "политическими репрессиями" 1937 года - арест, приговор суда и пр.
Для решения этого я создал новую задачу на баг-трекере:
https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11763

Подождав полторы недели, я за два часа вставил нужные мне события.
Что мне делать дальше, чтобы мои изменения могу служить пользователям GRAMPS?

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T13:43:35Z

Sten:

{{languages/ru|Start with Genealogy|Начало в Генеалогии}}
'''Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps?'''

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51_ru.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51_ru.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

В всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь в столбце "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Управление_семейными_древесами#Создание нового семейного древа|Создание нового семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Описание частей главного окна Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели: панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям Ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (о Gramplets рассказано позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову "Вид" в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Главное_окно#Главное_окно| Главное окно]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T13:41:38Z

Sten:

{{Languages|Main_Page/fr}}

{{Languages | Start with Genealogy}}
'''Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps?'''

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51_ru.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51_ru.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

В всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь в столбце "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Управление_семейными_древесами#Создание нового семейного древа|Создание нового семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Описание частей главного окна Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели: панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям Ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (о Gramplets рассказано позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову "Вид" в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Главное_окно#Главное_окно| Главное окно]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

Addon:Web Connect Pack

2020-06-03T13:37:31Z

Sten:

{{Third-party plugin}}
[[File:Web-connect-pack-UK-menu-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Web Connect Pack - UK websites menu]]
The ''Web Connect Packs'' contain a collection of Web sites for [[Web_Connect_Pack#Available_Web_connect_Packs|various countries]].

==Install==
Before using you must install libwebconnect library and one of language packs.
===Prerequisites===
* Requires '' 'libwebconnect' '' be installed.
'' 'libwebconnect' '' is the support ''Library for web site collections''.

===Installation===
* Open Plugin Manager (Menu Edit -> Preferences or Help -> Plugin Manager)
* Select library '' 'libwebconnect' '' and install it
* Select needed language pack and install it

{{man warn|Install the country you require only|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}

==Available Web connect Packs==
Available Web connect Packs:
*DEWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#German|German resources]]
*FRWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#French|French resources]]
*NLWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Netherlands|Netherlands resources]]
*RUWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Russian|Russian resources]]
*UKWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#General_information_sites |General information sites]]
*USWebConnectPack
** Includes [[Resources_and_related_sites#Australian|Australian sources]]/French(selected)/Norway
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#United_States_of_America|US resources]]

==Usage==
From the {{man label|{{icon|peop}} '''People'''}} Category view select a person then right-click and from the context menu select the {{man label|Web Connection}} entry to show the website choices that you can search on. Selecting a website will send the selected persons following data:
* Surname
* Given name
* Middle name
* Birth Date
* Death Date
to be queried and the result if any will be displayed.

==Issues==
If the external website that "Web Connect Pack" queries against changes its query method, please raise an issue on the bug tracker.

* {{bug|5454}}: Links with some open databases (possible links to add to web connect packs)
* {{bug|7391}}: WebConnect Addons create replicated menu entries
* {{bug|8821}}: UKWebPack does not search Family Search site

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Reports]]

Addon:Web Connect Pack

2020-06-03T13:33:33Z

Sten:

{{Third-party plugin}}
[[File:Web-connect-pack-UK-menu-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Web Connect Pack - UK websites menu]]
The ''Web Connect Packs'' contain a collection of Web sites for [[Web_Connect_Pack#Available_Web_connect_Packs|various countries]].

==Install==
Before using you must install libwebconnect library and one of language packs.
===Prerequisites===
* Requires "libwebconnect" be installed.
'' 'libwebconnect' '' is the support ''Library for web site collections''.

* Open Plugin Manager (Menu Edit -> Preferences or Help -> Plugin Manager)
* Select library '''libwebconnect''' and install it
* Select needed language pack and install it

{{man warn|Install the country you require only|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}

==Available Web connect Packs==
Available Web connect Packs:
*DEWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#German|German resources]]
*FRWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#French|French resources]]
*NLWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Netherlands|Netherlands resources]]
*RUWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Russian|Russian resources]]
*UKWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#General_information_sites |General information sites]]
*USWebConnectPack
** Includes [[Resources_and_related_sites#Australian|Australian sources]]/French(selected)/Norway
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#United_States_of_America|US resources]]

==Usage==
From the {{man label|{{icon|peop}} '''People'''}} Category view select a person then right-click and from the context menu select the {{man label|Web Connection}} entry to show the website choices that you can search on. Selecting a website will send the selected persons following data:
* Surname
* Given name
* Middle name
* Birth Date
* Death Date
to be queried and the result if any will be displayed.

==Issues==
If the external website that "Web Connect Pack" queries against changes its query method, please raise an issue on the bug tracker.

* {{bug|5454}}: Links with some open databases (possible links to add to web connect packs)
* {{bug|7391}}: WebConnect Addons create replicated menu entries
* {{bug|8821}}: UKWebPack does not search Family Search site

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Reports]]

Addon:Web Connect Pack

2020-06-03T13:31:35Z

Sten:

{{Third-party plugin}}
[[File:Web-connect-pack-UK-menu-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Web Connect Pack - UK websites menu]]
The ''Web Connect Packs'' contain a collection of Web sites for [[Web_Connect_Pack#Available_Web_connect_Packs|various countries]].

==Install==
Before using you must install libwebconnect library and one of language packs.
===Prerequisites===
* Requires "libwebconnect" be installed.
'' 'libwebconnect' '' is the support ''Library for web site collections''.

1. Open Plugin Manager (Menu Edit -> Preferences or Help -> Plugin Manager)
2. Select library '''libwebconnect''' and install it
3. Select needed language pack and install it

{{man warn|Install the country you require only|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}

==Available Web connect Packs==
{{man warn|Only install the country you require|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}
Available Web connect Packs:
*DEWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#German|German resources]]
*FRWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#French|French resources]]
*NLWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Netherlands|Netherlands resources]]
*RUWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Russian|Russian resources]]
*UKWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#General_information_sites |General information sites]]
*USWebConnectPack
** Includes [[Resources_and_related_sites#Australian|Australian sources]]/French(selected)/Norway
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#United_States_of_America|US resources]]

==Usage==
From the {{man label|{{icon|peop}} '''People'''}} Category view select a person then right-click and from the context menu select the {{man label|Web Connection}} entry to show the website choices that you can search on. Selecting a website will send the selected persons following data:
* Surname
* Given name
* Middle name
* Birth Date
* Death Date
to be queried and the result if any will be displayed.

==Issues==
If the external website that "Web Connect Pack" queries against changes its query method, please raise an issue on the bug tracker.

* {{bug|5454}}: Links with some open databases (possible links to add to web connect packs)
* {{bug|7391}}: WebConnect Addons create replicated menu entries
* {{bug|8821}}: UKWebPack does not search Family Search site

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Reports]]

Addon:Web Connect Pack

2020-06-03T13:30:22Z

Sten:

{{Third-party plugin}}
[[File:Web-connect-pack-UK-menu-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Web Connect Pack - UK websites menu]]
The ''Web Connect Packs'' contain a collection of Web sites for [[Web_Connect_Pack#Available_Web_connect_Packs|various countries]].

==Install==
Before using you must install libwebconnect library and one of language packs.
===Prerequisites===
* Requires "libwebconnect" be installed.
'' 'libwebconnect' '' is the support ''Library for web site collections''.

1. Open Plugin Manager (Menu Edit -> Preferences or Help -> Plugin Manager),
2. Select library '''libwebconnect''' and install it,
3. Select needed language pack and install it.

{{man warn|Install the country you require only|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}

==Available Web connect Packs==
{{man warn|Only install the country you require|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}
Available Web connect Packs:
*DEWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#German|German resources]]
*FRWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#French|French resources]]
*NLWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Netherlands|Netherlands resources]]
*RUWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Russian|Russian resources]]
*UKWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#General_information_sites |General information sites]]
*USWebConnectPack
** Includes [[Resources_and_related_sites#Australian|Australian sources]]/French(selected)/Norway
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#United_States_of_America|US resources]]

==Usage==
From the {{man label|{{icon|peop}} '''People'''}} Category view select a person then right-click and from the context menu select the {{man label|Web Connection}} entry to show the website choices that you can search on. Selecting a website will send the selected persons following data:
* Surname
* Given name
* Middle name
* Birth Date
* Death Date
to be queried and the result if any will be displayed.

==Issues==
If the external website that "Web Connect Pack" queries against changes its query method, please raise an issue on the bug tracker.

* {{bug|5454}}: Links with some open databases (possible links to add to web connect packs)
* {{bug|7391}}: WebConnect Addons create replicated menu entries
* {{bug|8821}}: UKWebPack does not search Family Search site

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Reports]]

Addon:Web Connect Pack

2020-06-03T13:28:40Z

Sten:

{{Third-party plugin}}
[[File:Web-connect-pack-UK-menu-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Web Connect Pack - UK websites menu]]
The ''Web Connect Packs'' contain a collection of Web sites for [[Web_Connect_Pack#Available_Web_connect_Packs|various countries]].

==Install==
Before using you must install libwebconnect library and one of language packs.
===Prerequisites===
* Requires '''libwebconnect''' be installed.
'''libwebconnect''' is the support ''Library for web site collections''.

1. Open Plugin Manager (Menu Edit -> Preferences or Help -> Plugin Manager),
2. Select library '''libwebconnect''' and install it,
3. Select needed language pack and install it.

{{man warn|Install the country you require only|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}

==Available Web connect Packs==
{{man warn|Only install the country you require|otherwise many websites will be duplicated in the "Web Connection" menu.}}
Available Web connect Packs:
*DEWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#German|German resources]]
*FRWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#French|French resources]]
*NLWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Netherlands|Netherlands resources]]
*RUWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#Russian|Russian resources]]
*UKWebConnectPack
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#General_information_sites |General information sites]]
*USWebConnectPack
** Includes [[Resources_and_related_sites#Australian|Australian sources]]/French(selected)/Norway
** See also [[Resources_and_related_sites#United_States_of_America|US resources]]

==Usage==
From the {{man label|{{icon|peop}} '''People'''}} Category view select a person then right-click and from the context menu select the {{man label|Web Connection}} entry to show the website choices that you can search on. Selecting a website will send the selected persons following data:
* Surname
* Given name
* Middle name
* Birth Date
* Death Date
to be queried and the result if any will be displayed.

==Issues==
If the external website that "Web Connect Pack" queries against changes its query method, please raise an issue on the bug tracker.

* {{bug|5454}}: Links with some open databases (possible links to add to web connect packs)
* {{bug|7391}}: WebConnect Addons create replicated menu entries
* {{bug|8821}}: UKWebPack does not search Family Search site

[[Category:Plugins]]
[[Category:Developers/General]]
[[Category:Reports]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T13:01:42Z

Sten:

{{Languages | RU:Начало в Генеалогии}}
'''Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps?'''

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51_ru.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51_ru.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

В всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь в столбце "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Управление_семейными_древесами#Создание нового семейного древа|Создание нового семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Описание частей главного окна Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели: панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям Ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (о Gramplets рассказано позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову "Вид" в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Главное_окно#Главное_окно| Главное окно]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

Template:Releases/5.1.2/ru

2020-06-03T12:36:15Z

Sten:

{{Release|5.1.2| '''2020.01.10'''

Команда Gramps выпускает версию '''5.1.2''', '''новую версию технического обслуживания'''.

* Narweb: частные заметки для дома, интро и контактов. Если заметки являются личными, мы не можем использовать их на этих страницах.
** {{bug|11414}}: проблемы с указанными регионами. Когда ширина изображения >800, ссылочные области размещены неправильно
** {{bug|11382}}: отображение дерева предка выглядит странно. Решает следующее:
*** Персональные боксы перекрываются
*** Некоторые боксы человека видны частично или скрыты
** некоторая очистка в ancestortree.css
** дерево предков и длинные имена.
** Адаптирован CSS-файл дерева предков для всех тем
** {{bug|11357}}: даты не локализованы на страницах мест
** {{bug|11349}}: проблема Майнца с коротким текстом в одной заметке, проблема возникает на домашней странице и странице введения.
** плохие ссылки на события на медиа-страницах
** {{bug|11500}}: Navweb: в некоторых случаях не используются области мультимедиа:
*** Если мы не показываем семьи
*** Если мы не показываем события
*** Не показываются области СМИ для миниатюры
* WEBCAL: домашняя ссылка переведена в нижний регистр
** {{bug | 11354}}: неверный заголовок веб-календаря на главной странице. Это решает возможность иметь ">", "<" в заголовке
* Обновление списка церквей LDS
* {{bug| 11917}}: сделать так, чтобы значок папки GuiDestinationOption запускался в каталоге пользователя
* {{bug| 11463}}: разрешить фильтру файлов импорта принимать расширения без учета регистра
* Исправлена ошибка, при которой база данных предупреждала / не открывала новые версии схемы.
* {{bug| 11462}}: Исправлено диалоговое окно импорта Progen и индикатор прогресса для правильного родительского окна.
* {{bug| 11462}}: исправлен импорт Progen для правильной обработки фамилий AKA
* {{bug| 11457}}: исправление ExportPkg, чтобы ошибки не терялись и был индикатор выполнения для мультимедиа
* {{bug| 11457}}: исправлен помощник по экспорту, чтобы сообщения об ошибках отображались в правильном родительском окне.
* {{bug| 11472}}: исправлен импорт GEDCOM, когда семейство отсутствует; импорт создаёт отсутствующую заметку
* {{bug| 11491}}: исправлена панель инструментов для добавления сбоя Gramplet на словенском
* Обновление перевода cs, ca, fr, uk, he, fi, hr, de, sv
* {{bug| 11470}}: обновление парсинга даты для чешской локали
* Исправлен испанский перевод дат
* исправлена частная поддержка прокси tagref. Добавлен недостающий код для события, хранилища, источника, цитирования и места
* [Tree doc Tex] Символ "-" в имени может привести к путанице, генерируя текст из коробки с форматом файла PDF
* [Tree Doc Tex] исправлена печать на нестандартный размер
* {{bug | 11429}}: исправление дублированного перевода "døde døde" Norwegion для libnarrate
* {{bug | 10124}}: исправить редакторы событий. Поместите отображение текста двунаправленного текста с идентификатором Gramps.
* {{bug | 11335}}: исправлены проблемы с языками RTL и LAT / LONG
** Исправлено отображение координат GPS в представлении Мест для языков RTL.
** Исправлено место редактора lat / long entry для языков RTL
* {{bug | 11410}}: исправлен экспорт GEDCOM, чтобы избежать перевода строк GrampsType
* {{bug | 11762}}: разрешить развертывание вкладок Инструменты с Notbook, чтобы заполнить окно
* Ограничьте настройки Gramplet Age Stats соответствующими значениями.
** Максимальный возраст должен делиться на 5, чтобы избежать ошибок вне диапазона.
** Ширина графика должна быть больше 45, чтобы выглядело правильно и избегать деления на ноль ошибок.
* {{bug | 11384}}: исправить потерю значения в настройках «Точность отображения возраста»
* {{bug | 11390}}: исправлено название семейного дерева Windows для символов, не относящихся к ASCII, в Windows
* {{bug | 11395}}: исправить настройки / генеалогические символы, когда присутствует только один шрифт
* {{bug | 11380}} {{bug | 11339}}: исправьте различные поля ввода, чтобы отменить / повторить работу
* {{bug | 11363}}: исправьте цвета тегов в PedigreeView
* Исправлена ошибка Gramps -v, когда Gtk отсутствует
* {{bug | 11366}}: исправлена ошибка, из-за которой PedigreeView не отображал изменения дня рождения или смерти
* {{bug | 11378}}: ODF DOC - Исправлено неправильное экранирование в выводе odt для TOC / Bookmark и т. д.
* {{bug | 11381}}: исправьте синтаксический анализатор CLI, чтобы принимать действительные отрицательные числа
* {{bug | 11365}}: Исправлен отчет «Дерево потомков» для HandleError, когда в семье нет родителей.
* {{bug | 11346}}: Исправлен инструмент переупорядочения идентификаторов, чтобы последующие добавления БД использовали следующий возможный идентификатор
* {{bug | 11316}}: обновите экспорт VCalendar до версии 2.0, чтобы можно было экспортировать все символы utf8
* {{bug | 11351}}: исправьте настройки, чтобы <ctrl> PageUp / PageDn не оставался на вкладке Даты
* Графики: экранирование имен, дат и мест в графических отчетах с недопустимыми символами XML
* {{bug | 11341}}: Исправлен прямой выбор объекта в меню «Перейти», переход в неправильное место
}}

Смотрите [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/changelog_page.php?version_id=103 Changelog].
<noinclude>{{languages|Template:Releases/5.1.2/ru}}</noinclude>

Template:Releases/5.1.2/ru

2020-06-03T12:29:11Z

Sten: Created page with "{{Release|5.1.2| '''2020.01.10''' Команда Gramps выпускает версию '''5.1.2''', '''новая версия технического обслуживан..."

{{Release|5.1.2| '''2020.01.10'''

Команда Gramps выпускает версию '''5.1.2''', '''новая версия технического обслуживания'''.

* Narweb: частные заметки для дома, интро и контактов. Если заметки являются личными, мы не можем использовать их на этих страницах.
** {{bug | 11414}}: проблемы с указанными регионами. Когда ширина изображения> 800, ссылочные области размещены неправильно
** {{bug | 11382}}: отображение дерева предка выглядит странно. Решает следующее:
*** Персональные коробки перекрываются
*** Некоторые коробки человека частично видны или скрыты
** некоторая очистка в ancestortree.css
** предковое дерево и длинные имена.
** Адаптируйте CSS-файл дерева предков для всех тем
** {{bug | 11357}}: даты не локализованы на страницах мест
** {{bug | 11349}}: проблема Майнца с коротким текстом в одной заметке, проблема возникает на домашней странице и странице введения.
** плохие ссылки на события на медиа-страницах
** {{bug | 11500}}: Navweb: в некоторых случаях не используйте области мультимедиа:
*** Если мы не показываем семьи
*** Если мы не показываем события
*** Не показывать области СМИ для миниатюры
* WEBCAL: домашняя ссылка переведена в нижний регистр
** {{bug | 11354}}: неверный заголовок веб-календаря на главной странице. Это решает возможность иметь ">", "<" в заголовке
* Обновление LDS Temple list
* {{bug | 11917}}: сделать так, чтобы значок папки GuiDestinationOption запускался в каталоге пользователя
* {{bug | 11463}}: разрешить фильтру файлов импорта принимать расширения без учета регистра
* Исправлена ошибка, при которой база данных предупреждала / не открывала новые версии схемы.
* {{bug | 11462}}: Исправлено диалоговое окно импорта Progen и индикатор прогресса для правильного родительского окна.
* {{bug | 11462}}: исправлен импорт Progen для правильной обработки фамилий AKA
* {{bug | 11457}}: исправление ExportPkg, чтобы ошибки не терялись и имел индикатор выполнения для мультимедиа
* {{bug | 11457}}: исправлен помощник по экспорту, чтобы сообщения об ошибках отображались в правильном родительском окне.
* {{bug | 11472}}: исправлен импорт GEDCOM, когда семейство отсутствует; импорт создал отсутствующую заметку
* {{bug | 11491}}: исправлена панель инструментов для добавления сбоя Gramplet на словенском
* Обновление перевода cs, ca, fr, uk, he, fi, hr, de, sv
* {{bug | 11470}}: обновление парсинга даты для чешской локали
* Исправлен испанский перевод дат
* исправить частную поддержку прокси tagref. Добавить недостающий код для события, хранилища, источника, цитирования и места
* [Tree doc Tex] fix "-" char on name name "-" может привести к путанице, генерируя текст из коробки с форматом файла PDF
* [Tree Doc Tex] исправить опечатку на нестандартный размер
* {{bug | 11429}}: исправление дублированного перевода "døde døde" Norwegion для libnarrate
* {{bug | 10124}}: исправить редакторы событий. Поместите отображение текста двунаправленного текста с идентификатором Gramps.
* {{bug | 11335}}: исправлены проблемы с языками RTL и LAT / LONG
** Исправлено отображение координат GPS в представлении Мест для языков RTL.
** Исправлено место редактора lat / long entry для языков RTL
* {{bug | 11410}}: исправлен экспорт GEDCOM, чтобы избежать перевода строк GrampsType
* {{bug | 11762}}: разрешить развертывание вкладок Инструменты с Notbook, чтобы заполнить окно
* Ограничьте настройки Gramplet Age Stats соответствующими значениями.
** Максимальный возраст должен делиться на 5, чтобы избежать ошибок вне диапазона.
** Ширина графика должна быть больше 45, чтобы выглядело правильно и избегать деления на ноль ошибок.
* {{bug | 11384}}: исправить потерю значения в настройках «Точность отображения возраста»
* {{bug | 11390}}: исправлено название семейного дерева Windows для символов, не относящихся к ASCII, в Windows
* {{bug | 11395}}: исправить настройки / генеалогические символы, когда присутствует только один шрифт
* {{bug | 11380}} {{bug | 11339}}: исправьте различные поля ввода, чтобы отменить / повторить работу
* {{bug | 11363}}: исправьте цвета тегов в PedigreeView
* Исправлена ошибка Gramps -v, когда Gtk отсутствует
* {{bug | 11366}}: исправлена ошибка, из-за которой PedigreeView не отображал изменения дня рождения или смерти
* {{bug | 11378}}: ODF DOC - Исправлено неправильное экранирование в выводе odt для TOC / Bookmark и т. д.
* {{bug | 11381}}: исправьте синтаксический анализатор CLI, чтобы принимать действительные отрицательные числа
* {{bug | 11365}}: Исправлен отчет «Дерево потомков» для HandleError, когда в семье нет родителей.
* {{bug | 11346}}: Исправлен инструмент переупорядочения идентификаторов, чтобы последующие добавления БД использовали следующий возможный идентификатор
* {{bug | 11316}}: обновите экспорт VCalendar до версии 2.0, чтобы можно было экспортировать все символы utf8
* {{bug | 11351}}: исправьте настройки, чтобы <ctrl> PageUp / PageDn не оставался на вкладке Даты
* Графики: экранирование имен, дат и мест в графических отчетах с недопустимыми символами XML
* {{bug | 11341}}: Исправлен прямой выбор объекта в меню «Перейти», переход в неправильное место
}}

See the [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/changelog_page.php?version_id=103 Changelog].
<noinclude>{{languages|Template:Releases/5.1.2}}</noinclude>

См. [Https://gramps-project.org/bugs/changelog_page.php?version_id=103 журнал изменений].
<Noinclude> {{языков | Шаблон: Релизы / 5.1.2}} </ noinclude>

News/ru

2020-06-03T12:10:04Z

Sten:

{{languages/ru|News|}}
<section begin=news_mainpage />
{{Releases/5.1.2/ru}}
{{Releases/5.1.1}}
{{Releases/5.1.0}}
{{Releases/5.0.2}}
<section end=news_mainpage />
<section begin=Archive />
{{Releases/5.0.1}}
{{Releases/5.0.0}}
{{Releases/4.2.8}}
{{Releases/4.2.7}}
{{Releases/4.2.6}}
{{Releases/4.2.5/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.3/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.7/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.2/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.6/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.1/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.5/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.0}}
{{Releases/3.4.4}}
{{Releases/4.0.0beta}}
{{Releases/3.4.3}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha5/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha4/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha3}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha2}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha1}}
{{Releases/3.4.2/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.1}}
{{Releases/3.4.0}}
{{Releases/3.3.2}}
{{Announcements/20101204_LGCD}}
{{Releases/3.3.1}}
{{Releases/3.3.0}}
{{Releases/3.2.6}}
{{Releases/3.2.5}}
{{Releases/3.2.4}}
{{Releases/3.2.3}}
{{Releases/3.2.2}}
{{Releases/3.2.1}}
{{Releases/3.2.0}}
{{Releases/3.1.3}}
{{Releases/3.1.2}}
{{Releases/3.1.1}}
{{Releases/3.1.0}}
{{Releases/3.0.4}}
{{Releases/3.0.3}}
{{Releases/3.0.2}}
{{Announcements/20080630 LGCD}}
{{Releases/3.0.1}}
{{Releases/3.0.0}}
{{Releases/2.2.10}}
{{Announcements/2007304 LGCD}}
<section end=Archive />

News/ru

2020-06-03T12:08:58Z

Sten:

{{languages/ru|News|}}
<section begin=news_mainpage />
{{Releases/5.1.2}}
{{Releases/5.1.1}}
{{Releases/5.1.0}}
{{Releases/5.0.2}}
<section end=news_mainpage />
<section begin=Archive />
{{Releases/5.0.1}}
{{Releases/5.0.0}}
{{Releases/4.2.8}}
{{Releases/4.2.7}}
{{Releases/4.2.6}}
{{Releases/4.2.5/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.3/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.7/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.2/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.6/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.1/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.5/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.0}}
{{Releases/3.4.4}}
{{Releases/4.0.0beta}}
{{Releases/3.4.3}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha5/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha4/ru}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha3}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha2}}
{{Releases/4.0.0alpha1}}
{{Releases/3.4.2/ru}}
{{Releases/3.4.1}}
{{Releases/3.4.0}}
{{Releases/3.3.2}}
{{Announcements/20101204_LGCD}}
{{Releases/3.3.1}}
{{Releases/3.3.0}}
{{Releases/3.2.6}}
{{Releases/3.2.5}}
{{Releases/3.2.4}}
{{Releases/3.2.3}}
{{Releases/3.2.2}}
{{Releases/3.2.1}}
{{Releases/3.2.0}}
{{Releases/3.1.3}}
{{Releases/3.1.2}}
{{Releases/3.1.1}}
{{Releases/3.1.0}}
{{Releases/3.0.4}}
{{Releases/3.0.3}}
{{Releases/3.0.2}}
{{Announcements/20080630 LGCD}}
{{Releases/3.0.1}}
{{Releases/3.0.0}}
{{Releases/2.2.10}}
{{Announcements/2007304 LGCD}}
<section end=Archive />

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T11:54:13Z

Sten: Sten moved page Start with Genealogy/ru to RU:Начало в Генеалогии: Не работает полноценно

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51_ru.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51_ru.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

В всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь в столбце "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Управление_семейными_древесами#Создание нового семейного древа|Создание нового семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Описание частей главного окна Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели: панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям Ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (о Gramplets рассказано позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову "Вид" в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Главное_окно#Главное_окно| Главное окно]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

Start with Genealogy/ru

2020-06-03T11:54:13Z

Sten: Sten moved page Start with Genealogy/ru to RU:Начало в Генеалогии: Не работает полноценно

#REDIRECT [[RU:Начало в Генеалогии]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T11:50:45Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

File:ManageFamilyTrees-51 ru.png

2020-06-03T11:47:07Z

Sten:

File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51 ru.png

2020-06-03T11:41:45Z

Sten:

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T11:37:07Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

В всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь в столбце "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Управление_семейными_древесами#Создание нового семейного древа|Создание нового семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Описание частей главного окна Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели: панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям Ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (о Gramplets рассказано позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову "Вид" в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Главное_окно#Главное_окно| Главное окно]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T11:28:14Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор семейного древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

Во всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь под "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_Started/ru

''''
[[Ru:Gramps_{{man version}}_Вики_Руководство_-_Управление_семейными_древесами#Создание нового семейного древа]]
''''

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T11:13:50Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started/ru#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]

[[Ru:Gramps_5.1_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа| Выбор_семейного_древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

Во всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь под "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_Started/ru

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T11:06:29Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Ru:Gramps_5.1_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

Во всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь под "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_Started/ru

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started/ru#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T10:32:57Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Ru:Gramps_5.1_Вики_Руководство_-_Начало#Выбор_семейного_древа]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

Во всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь под "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T10:31:16Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок "Управление базами данных" на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Значок "Управление базами данных" Менеджера генеалогических деревьев под названием «Семейные древа - Gramps» будет отображаться на панели инструментов. Щёлкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть менеджер семейных деревьев.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейные древа - Gramps»]]

Во всплывающем окне менеджера генеалогических деревьев нажмите кнопку {{man button | Создать}} (справа). Теперь под "Название семейного древа» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с Вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T10:22:45Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.

{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Значок Менеджера баз данных на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Менеджер генеалогического дерева под названием «Семейные деревья - Gramps» будет отображаться, если на панели инструментов нет, щелкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть диспетчер семейного дерева.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейных деревьев»]]

Во всплывающем окне генеалогического дерева (менеджера) нажмите кнопку {{man button | New}} (справа). Теперь под названием «Семейное древо» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Gramps _ {{man version}} _ Wiki_Manual _-_ Manage_Family_Trees # Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[Файл: MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png | 450px | thumb | right | Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Annotated Main Gramps window parts]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T10:20:25Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.

{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Manage databases icon on toolbar with No Family Tree - loaded]]

{{-}}
[[Файл: Manage-database-icon-icon-toolbar-no-familytree -loaded-51.png | 450px | thumb | right | Управлять значком баз данных на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Менеджер генеалогического дерева под названием «Семейные деревья - Gramps» будет отображаться, если на панели инструментов нет, щелкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть диспетчер семейного дерева.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейных деревьев»]]

Во всплывающем окне генеалогического дерева (менеджера) нажмите кнопку {{man button | New}} (справа). Теперь под названием «Семейное древо» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Gramps _ {{man version}} _ Wiki_Manual _-_ Manage_Family_Trees # Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[Файл: MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png | 450px | thumb | right | Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Annotated Main Gramps window parts]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T10:17:52Z

Sten: /* Создать Семейное древо */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[Файл: Manage-database-icon-icon-toolbar-no-familytree -loaded-51.png | 450px | thumb | right | Управлять значком баз данных на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Менеджер генеалогического дерева под названием «Семейные деревья - Gramps» будет отображаться, если на панели инструментов нет, щелкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть диспетчер семейного дерева.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Окно менеджера «Семейных деревьев»]]

Во всплывающем окне генеалогического дерева (менеджера) нажмите кнопку {{man button | New}} (справа). Теперь под названием «Семейное древо» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Gramps _ {{man version}} _ Wiki_Manual _-_ Manage_Family_Trees # Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[Файл: MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png | 450px | thumb | right | Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Annotated Main Gramps window parts]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T10:13:32Z

Sten: /* Create a Family Tree */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

== Создать Семейное древо ==
Здесь предполагается, что Вы только что установили Gramps и запускаете свое первое семейное дерево.

В качестве первого шага запустите Gramps.
{{-}}
[[Файл: Manage-database-icon-icon-toolbar-no-familytree -loaded-51.png | 450px | thumb | right | Управлять значком баз данных на панели инструментов без загруженного семейного дерева]]

Менеджер генеалогического дерева под названием «Семейные деревья - Gramps» будет отображаться, если на панели инструментов нет, щелкните значок генеалогического дерева, чтобы открыть диспетчер семейного дерева.

[[Gramps _ {{man version}} _ Wiki_Manual _-_ Getting_started # Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File: ManageFamilyTrees-51.png | right | thumb | 450px | Окно менеджера «Семейных деревьев»]]

Во всплывающем окне генеалогического дерева (менеджера) нажмите кнопку {{man button | New}} (справа). Теперь под названием «Семейное древо» (слева) введите имя для своего дерева и нажмите кнопку {{man button | Загрузить семейное древо}} (внизу справа). Gramps теперь откроется вместе с вашим недавно созданным деревом.

[[Gramps _ {{man version}} _ Wiki_Manual _-_ Manage_Family_Trees # Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[Файл: MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png | 450px | thumb | right | Аннотированные части окна Main Gramps]]

Главная страница Gramps разделена на отдельные панели, панель инструментов в верхней части, левая боковая панель (навигатор), позволяющая перемещаться по различным представлениям ваших данных, область просмотра, в которой отображаются данные (в центре), и правая боковая панель (боковая панель) и нижняя панель (Bottombar), которая может быть использована для Gramplets, (Gramplets покрыты позже). Большинство из этих панелей можно включить или выключить, перейдя к слову View в верхней части окна и отметив (вкл) или сняв флажок (выключить) вид.
[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T09:37:06Z

Sten: /* Подготовка */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Ru:Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

==Create a Family Tree==
It is assumed here, that you have just installed Gramps and are starting your first family tree.

As a first step, start Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Manage databases icon on toolbar with No Family Tree - loaded]]

The family tree manager called Family Trees - Gramps will be shown if not in the toolbar click on the family tree icon to open the family tree manager.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|"Family Trees" manager window]]

In the pop up family tree (manager) window click on the {{man button|New}} button (on the right). Now under the title Family tree name (to the left) enter a name for your tree and then click on the {{man button|Load Family Tree}} button (bottom right). Gramps will now open with your newly created tree.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Annotated Main Gramps window parts]]

Gramps Main page is divided into separate panes, a Toolbar at the top, a left side bar (Navigator) allowing you to navigate different views of your data, a view area showing the data (center), and the right side pane (Sidebar) and a bottom bar (Bottombar) that can be used for Gramplets, (Gramplets covered later). Most of these panes can be turned on or off by going to the word View at the top of the window and check (on) or uncheck (off) the view.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T09:35:50Z

Sten: /* Подготовка */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Хранилища в Gramps/ru | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

==Create a Family Tree==
It is assumed here, that you have just installed Gramps and are starting your first family tree.

As a first step, start Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Manage databases icon on toolbar with No Family Tree - loaded]]

The family tree manager called Family Trees - Gramps will be shown if not in the toolbar click on the family tree icon to open the family tree manager.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|"Family Trees" manager window]]

In the pop up family tree (manager) window click on the {{man button|New}} button (on the right). Now under the title Family tree name (to the left) enter a name for your tree and then click on the {{man button|Load Family Tree}} button (bottom right). Gramps will now open with your newly created tree.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Annotated Main Gramps window parts]]

Gramps Main page is divided into separate panes, a Toolbar at the top, a left side bar (Navigator) allowing you to navigate different views of your data, a view area showing the data (center), and the right side pane (Sidebar) and a bottom bar (Bottombar) that can be used for Gramplets, (Gramplets covered later). Most of these panes can be turned on or off by going to the word View at the top of the window and check (on) or uncheck (off) the view.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]

RU:Начало в Генеалогии

2020-06-03T09:35:02Z

Sten: /* Подготовка */

{{languages | Начало в Генеалогии}}
'' 'Как мне начать в Генеалогии, используя Gramps? «»»

== Подготовка ==
Если Вы только начинаете свою генеалогию, лучше начать с себя и добавлять других людей, соединяя их с Вами.

'' {{man menu | Одной из самых важных вещей в генеалогии является то, что Вы записываете, как и где Вы нашли / получили информацию.}} '' Это называется источником. Это настолько важно потому, что позже Вам понадобится эта информации или Вы захотите обратиться к ней. Наличие источника у Вашей информации также создаст доверие к ней у других исследователей.

Таким образом, если Вы начинаете с себя, Вы сами ''проводите собеседование'', что является основным источником информации по этому вопросу. Из этого первоисточника Вы получаете такие события, как день рождения, день крещения, выпускной и так далее. Источник событий позволяет Вам вычислить существовавшего человека как часть семьи.

Таким образом, у нас есть наши основные термины для генеалогии: Источники, События, Люди и Семьи. Помимо этого, Gramps позволяет хранить Заметки, Места, Медиа (фотографии, фильмы, документы) и [[ Хранилища в Gramps | Хранилища]].

Итак, давайте начнем с добавления информации в Gramps.

==Create a Family Tree==
It is assumed here, that you have just installed Gramps and are starting your first family tree.

As a first step, start Gramps.
{{-}}
[[File:Manage-databases-icon-toolbar-no-familytree-loaded-51.png|450px|thumb|right|Manage databases icon on toolbar with No Family Tree - loaded]]

The family tree manager called Family Trees - Gramps will be shown if not in the toolbar click on the family tree icon to open the family tree manager.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Getting_started#Choosing_a_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:ManageFamilyTrees-51.png|right|thumb|450px|"Family Trees" manager window]]

In the pop up family tree (manager) window click on the {{man button|New}} button (on the right). Now under the title Family tree name (to the left) enter a name for your tree and then click on the {{man button|Load Family Tree}} button (bottom right). Gramps will now open with your newly created tree.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Starting_a_new_Family_Tree]]
{{-}}
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Annotated Main Gramps window parts]]

Gramps Main page is divided into separate panes, a Toolbar at the top, a left side bar (Navigator) allowing you to navigate different views of your data, a view area showing the data (center), and the right side pane (Sidebar) and a bottom bar (Bottombar) that can be used for Gramplets, (Gramplets covered later). Most of these panes can be turned on or off by going to the word View at the top of the window and check (on) or uncheck (off) the view.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window]]
{{-}}

==Create a Source==
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|New Source - editor dialog - example]]

As you start with yourself, and the source is the interview with yourself, in the left sidebar called '''Navigator''' click on the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|source icon]] {{icon|sour34}}. In the toolbar click on {{man label|Add}} (or {{man key press|CTRL|INSERT}} on the keyboard) to open the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|source editor]].

Assuming your name is ''John Doe'', you now make a source for the interview with yourself! So enter:
* Title: Interview with John Doe
* Author: John Doe
And click on {{man button|OK}}.
{{-}}
[[File:SourcesCategory-SourcesListView-example-50.png|right|450px|thumb|Sources Category - (List) View]]

That is it, your first source. In the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Source(list)view]] you will see your new source listed and that the entry has ID number that is unique to your source.

[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources]]


{{-}}

==Add data to the source==
{{stub}}
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Before you begin, you should know that Gramps does '''not''' store your media(pictures, videos, sounds, and documents etc..), it only stores a link to where the media is on your hard disk. So decide where you will store your pictures, videos, sounds, and documents. Then on the menu bar select {{man menu|Edit->Preferences}} and the '''General''' tab. Set the value of {{man label|Base path for relative media paths}} to this directory. Click on the {{man label|Close}} button to save your changes. Keep your media documents well structured in this directory.

Now let's continue with adding some more data to the source. Double click on it (or press {{Man key press|ENTER}}) to open the source 'Interview with John Doe'. Look at the tab pages at the bottom of the source editor: Notes, Gallery, Data, Repositories, References. Surely you have a picture of yourself! Let's add it to the Gallery of this source.

Click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab, and then on the little '''Add''' icon just below the Notes tab. This opens a dialog to select the image of yourself. At the bottom of this dialog is a box '''Title:''' to set a nice title such as 'Picture of John Doe'. Entering a title does not change the file name. Make sure you select 'Convert to a relative path'. Press {{man button|OK}}. You will now see the ''Media Reference Editor''. The top of this dialog allows to select a region of the picture, eg when you have selected a group photo, it makes sense to indicate who on the photo is John Doe. You can use the mouse in the preview picture to select the part of the picture of interest (click down is corner 1 and click release is corner 2). Click {{man button|OK}} to save the image and go back to the source editor you were working on.

Suppose you have a typed-out text of the interview. In that case you can add the textual document (odt, doc, rtf, etc ...) in the {{man label|Gallery}}, but you can also store the text as a {{man label|Note}} in Gramps. The good thing about using a note is that Gramps can search the text of notes with filters. So, click on the {{man label|Notes}} tab, click the '''Add''' icon, and you are presented with a basic editor that you can type or paste text into.

When finished, press {{man button|OK}} on the source editor, and your source 'Interview with John Doe' now has also a note and picture.

To see these, you would have to open the editor again. However, Gramps has a bottom pane that can show you information on the selected entry in the source view. For that, activate in the menu '''View''' the '''Bottombar'''. You will see a number of tabs which allow to show information. The elements showing information are called '''Gramplets''' in Gramps. Gramplets are small plugins that can perform all kinds of tasks. You can add one to the bottombar by using right-click with the mouse on the bottombar next to the tabs.

== Time for your first Person ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

So much done, and not yet one single person is present in your family tree! Time to change that. Let's add yourself. As all information you will add comes from the source 'Interview with John Doe', we first store this in an easy to reach place. In the toolbar click on the {{man button|Clipboard}} icon to open the clipboard. Drag and drop, from the source view, the source 'Interview with John Doe', into the Clipboard. Your source is now stored in the Clipboard and this window can be closed.

In the Navigator, click on the Person icon to see the person view. Note that on the Toolbar there is a pressed-in button (3rd button from the right) indicating the type of person view you have activated. Try the other possibility once to see what changes. Many Categories in the Navigator have more than one view!

Click now on the {{man button|Add}} button on the Toolbar to add your first person. You now see the person editor, and the top part of this should be what you expect: all information about the name of this person. So, type in your given name, and your surname. If you are eg. Spanish and have a very long surname, then click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the surname to enter multiple surnames. See the manual for more details. Now select your Gender.

As you enter data, you need to add where you obtained this data (Source). For this, click on the {{man label|Sources}} tab, then open the Clipboard from the Toolbar, drag the source you stored in the clipboard, into the area under ID |Title | Auth | Page of the Person Editor. This will open up the 'Source Reference Editor'. The bottom part of this editor is the same source as already entered, but the top part is new, and contains the data on how the information of the person was found in this source and how certain you are of it. For this interview you can set {{man label|Confidence}} to ''Very High''.

You already have a picture of yourself, as you added it to the source. You can now add this same picture to this Person record you are creating. For this, click on the {{man label|Gallery}} tab of the person editor, and click on the {{man button|Share}} button. This will open a list of all media objects. Select the one you made earlier and click {{man button|OK}} to store everything. You could also have used the clipboard: or by adding the picture there from the media view, or by adding the media ''reference'' in the clipboard by dragging it from the gallery of an object to the clipboard, and then using it from there where you need it.

Save everything by clicking {{man button|OK}} until you see the main Gramps view again.

== Events ==
(Ver. 3.3.1-1)

Next, you will want to add your birthday. For this, open the person editor of yourself, by double clicking on your name. Note that the {{man label|Events}} tab is open. Click on the {{man button|Add}} icon to add an event. Gramps preselects the birth event for the first event that you want to add. Enter your birth date as: (12/31/1900 - Month/Day/Year) or (1 Jan 1900 - Day Month Year). If you use Day Month Year, the Month must be entered with the first 3 letters only or it must be spelled out completely.

You can also click on the {{man button|Calendar}} button on the right. This window allows you to select the Day Month and Year with a drop-down menu. When using this make sure that the Quality is set to Regular and Type is also set to Regular. After entering your birth date in the calendar window, click on {{man button|OK}} to save it.

Next, because you have no Places in your database you need to create one. Knowing the place where you were born, click on the {{man button|Add}} icon after the Place entry to create this place. Enter places as City/Town, Township, County, State, Country or any combination of these. Such as Germantown, German Township (Twp), Montgomery County (Co.), Ohio, USA. Being consistent when adding places will be helpful later when you can select these from the {{man button|Select an existing place}} icon. Adding latitude and longitude will allow these places to be positioned on a map later.

Don't forget to Source this. Click the {{man button|Source}} tab, open the '''Clipboard''', drag and drop your source, select the Confidence level, and save both the Source and then the new place with the {{man button|OK}} buttons.

Note that the editor that has been open is the Event ''Reference'' Editor. This means that there is a global part that you can share with other people (the bottom of the editor), and a top part which is unique to the person. This top part is used to enter the {{man label|Role}} of the person in the event. In your own birth, you have the primary role. If you know the name of people helping in the birth, and you want to store these people also, you can share this event with them, with a Role of ''Aide''. You can type a custom role in the {{man label|Role}} field if you are not happy with the predefined possibilities.

Again, add a source to the event via the {{man label|Sources}} tab, like you did before. As you have no real recollection of your own birth, the interview should not have confidence 'Very High'! You would need to add a birth document as source for that.

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the event, and then again to save the person, and you have your first full person record.

== Family ==
You now have entered yourself, time to add your parents. You could add your father and mother as you added yourself, and then connect them in a family, but most people will do things in one go via the {{icon|rela}}'''Relationship View''' or the {{icon|ance}}'''Pedigree View'''. Let's go to the Relationship view: select yourself in the person view, and then in the navigator, select the relationship view. This view has a toolbar that allows to add parents or to add a spouse. Click on the {{man button|Add parents}} icon to open the family editor.

In the family editor you will see that you are present in the {{man label|Children}} tab. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon next to father and mother to add them as you have added yourself. Use the {{man button|Add}} icon in the {{man label|Children}} tab to add your siblings. You need to use drag-and-drop to sort siblings in the order as you want them to appear in reports (normally oldest to youngest I suppose).

In the family editor you can also add events. We call these family events as they are shared by the two parents. Typically this is Engagement, Marriage, .... In these the Role is 'Family'. It is not needed to add these events also individually to the two parents!

When done, click {{man button|OK}} to save the family, and you will return to the relationship view with all the extra information visible. From within this view you can navigate to other people and keep enlarging your family tree.

== A report ==
Now that you have a first small family tree, make a report. Go to the oldest grandparent you have in the relationship view or the person view (you can set bookmarks on people and set a home person!). With this person selected, go in the menu {{man menu|Reports->Text Reports->[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report]]}}, to create a nice textual descendant report.

== What next?==
Gramps has many features, as you improve, take the time to go over the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|user manual]] and learn more. Join and use the mailing list to discuss issues.

We advise everyone to read the manual to learn all about using Gramps. Genealogy takes time, so learning the tools is not wasted time.

However, if you really want the bare minimum to start, then read this:
* [[Gramps {{man version}} Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief]]

==Screencasts==

===Gramps 3.2.5===
Screencast for the older Gramps 3.2.5.
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Edit family from pedigree view Gramps 3.2.5.ogg|Edit family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]
* Gramps 3.2.5: [[Media:Add_family_from_pedigree_view_Gramps_3.2.5.ogg|Add family (parents, children, siblings) from Pedigree View]]

==See also==
Related articles.
* [[Add a child]]
* [[Add a spouse]]
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]
* [[Add a witness]]
* [[Genealogy Glossary]]
* [[Gramps Glossary]]

[[Category:How do I...]]
[[Category:Genealogy]]
[[Category:Gramps Logic]]